SAWMILLERS, &c., (STATE) AWARD
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
COMMISSION OF NEW SOUTH WALES
Review of Award pursuant to Section 19 of the Industrial Relations Act 1996.
(No. IRC3611 and 3612 of 2000)
Before Commissioner
Cambridge
|
13 October 2000 and 16 January 2001
|
REVIEWED AWARD
PART A ¾
APPLICATION AND OPERATION OF AWARD
1. Award Title
This award shall be known as the Sawmillers, &c.,
(State) Award
2. Arrangement
This award is arranged as follows:
Part A - Application and Operation of Award
Clause No. Subject Matter
1. Award
title
2. Arrangement
3. Anti-discrimination
4. Definitions
5. Coverage
of award
6. Timber
Trade Industrial Association
7. Succession
of previous award
Part B ¾ Award Flexibility
8. Facilitative
provisions
9. Enterprise
flexibility provisions
Part C ¾ Consultation and Dispute Resolution
10. Consultative
mechanism and procedure
11. Disputes
resolution procedure
Part D ¾ Employer and Employees’ Duties, Employment Relationship
and Related Arrangements
12. Employment
relationship
13. Employment
categories
13.2 Probationary employment
13.3 Full-time employment
13.4 Casual employment
13.5 Part-time employment
13.6 Piecework
13.7 Apprentices
13.8 Juniors
13.9 Trainees
14. Abandonment
of employment
15. Emergency
provisions
16. Stand down
of employees
17. Fire
fighting
18. Redundancy
19. Termination
of employment
Part E ¾ Wages and Related Matters
20. Wage rates
20.1 Total wage rates
20.2 Rates for apprentices and juniors
20.3 Actual rate of pay
20.4 Imported classifications
20.5 Piecework and incentive work
20.6 Shifting or erecting camp
20.7 Wages paid while travelling and working away
20.8 Arbitrated safety net adjustments
20.9 Time and/or wage books
21. Supported
wages system for employees with disabilities
22. Training
and skill development
23. Payment by
results/incentive work
24. Payment of
wages
25. Allowances
25.1 Submerged timber
25.2 Charred timber
25.3 Collecting moneys
25.4 Motor vehicle allowance
25.5 Meals and meal allowances - day workers
25.6 Meals and meal allowances - shift workers
25.7 Camping allowance
25.8 Allowance for first aid employees
25.9 Leading hands
25.10 Damage to clothing, tools and other items
25.11 Protective clothing, footwear and covering
25.12 Allowance for the supply of safety footwear
25.13 Case hardened glasses
25.14 Protective gloves
25.15 Special transport of injured
25.16 Mixed functions allowance
25.17 Travel expenses
25.18 Accident pay
26. Superannuation
Part F ¾ Hours of Work, Breaks, Overtime, Shift Work, Weekend
Work
27. Hours -
day work
27.1 Ordinary hours of work
27.2 Rate for ordinary hours on Saturday and Sunday
27.3 Hours for watchpersons
27.4 Rostered days off
27.5 Notice of rostered days off
27.6 Flexibility in relation to rostered days off
27.7 Rostered days off - substitute days
27.8 Rostered days off and averaging of pay
28. Breaks -
day work
28.1 Alteration of meal breaks
28.2 Payment for work done during meal breaks
28.3 Time for taking meal breaks
28.4 Crib time
29. Overtime,
Saturday, Sunday and holiday payments - day work
29.1 Payment for working overtime
29.2 Payment for work on Saturdays
29.3 Payment for work on Sundays
29.4 Payment for work on holidays
29.5 Payment for work on rostered day off
29.6 Watchpersons
29.7 Apprentices
29.8 Requirement to work reasonable overtime
29.9 Rest period after overtime
29.10 Call back
29.11 Standing by
30. Time off
instead of overtime payment
31. Make-up
time
32. Hours -
shift work
32.1 Ordinary hours of work - shift work
32.2 Definitions
32.3 Payment for ordinary shifts
32.4 Rates for ordinary shifts on Saturday, Sunday and public
holidays
32.5 Day worker changing to shift work
32.6 Change of shift rosters
32.7 Termination of shift
32.8 Notice of rostered shifts off
32.9 Banking of rostered shifts off
32.10 Rostered shifts off not to coincide with holidays
32.11 Work on rostered shift off
32.12 Daylight saving
32.13 Substitute shift
33. Breaks -
shift work
34. Overtime -
shift work
34.1 Shift work payments for overtime
34.2 Minimum payment - Saturday, Sunday or holiday
34.3 Non-cumulation of penalties
34.4 Requirement to work reasonable overtime
34.5 Crib breaks
34.6 Rest period after overtime
34.7 Standing by
34.8 Call back
Part G ¾ Leave of Absence and Public Holidays
35. Annual
leave
35.1 Period of leave
35.2 Seven-day shift workers
35.3 Annual leave exclusive of public holidays
35.4 Calculation of continuous service
35.5 Successor or assignee
35.6 Calculation of month
35.7 Leave to be taken
35.8 Time of taking leave
35.9 Broken leave
35.10 Leave allowed before due date
35.11 Payment for period of annual leave
35.12 Loading on annual leave
35.13 Proportionate payment on termination
35.14 Close down
35.15 Annual leave flexibilities
35.16 Mixed industries
36. Personal/Carer’s
Leave Case - August 1996
37. Sick Leave
38. Bereavement
Leave
39. Parental
leave
40. Jury
service leave
41. Blood
Donors
42. Long
service leave
43. Public
holidays
43.1 Prescribed public holidays
43.2 Day off in lieu of holiday falling on a Saturday or Sunday
43.3 Additional public holidays
43.4 Changing public holidays by agreement
43.5 Rostered day off or accumulated time off falling on a holiday
43.6 Termination within fourteen days of a holiday
43.7 Full-time employees working non-standard hours
43.8 Non-casual part-time workers
43.9 Payment for casual workers working on public holidays
43.10 Absences before or after public holidays
43.11 Mixed industries
Part H ¾ Miscellaneous
44. Copy of
the award
45. Notice
Board
46. Hygiene
and Safety
47. Area,
Incidence and Duration
Part I ¾ Monetary Rates
Table 1 ¾ Wages,
Table 2 ¾ Allowances
Appendix A ¾
Harvesting and Environment/Forest Management Sector
Appendix B¾
Milling and Processing Sector
Appendix C ¾
Board, Panel and Veneer Sector
Appendix D ¾
Manufacturing, Furniture and Joinery Sector
Appendix E ¾
Merchandising and Retail Sector
Appendix F ¾
Forest and Building Products (State) Training Wage Appendix
Sawmillers, &c. (State)
Industrial Committee - Industries and Callings
3.
Anti-Discrimination
(1) It is the
intention of the parties bound by this award to seek to achieve the object in
section 3(f) of the Industrial Relations Act 1996 to prevent and
eliminate discrimination in the workplace.
This includes discrimination in the workplace. This includes discrimination on the grounds of race, sex, marital
status, disability, homosexuality, transgender identity and age.
(2) It follows
that in fulfilling their obligations under the dispute resolution procedure
prescribed by this award the parties have obligations to take all reasonable
steps to ensure that the operation of the provisions of this award are not
directly or indirectly discriminatory in their effects. It will be consistent with the fulfilment of
these obligations for the parties to make application to vary any provision of
the award which, by its terms or operation, has a direct or indirect
discriminatory effect.
(3) Under the Anti-Discrimination
Act 1977, it is unlawful to victimise an employee because the employee has
made or may make or has been involved in a complaint of unlawful discrimination
or harassment.
(4) Nothing in
this clause is to be taken to affect:
(a) any conduct or
act which is specifically exempted from anti-discrimination legislation;
(b) offering or
providing junior rates of pay to persons under 21 years of age;
(c) any act or
practice of a body established to propagate religion which is exempted under
section 56(d) of the Anti-Discrimination Act 1977;
(d) a party to
this award from pursuing matters of unlawful discrimination in any State or
Federal Jurisdiction.
(5) This clause
does not create legal rights or obligations in addition to those imposed upon
the parties by the legislation referred to in this clause.
NOTES:
(a) Employers and
Employees may also be subject to Commonwealth anti-discrimination legislation.
(b) Section 56(d)
of the Anti-Discrimination Act 1977 provides:
"Nothing in the Act affects ... any other act or
practice of a body established to propagate religion that conforms to the
doctrines of that religion or is necessary to avoid injury to the religious
susceptibilities of the adherents of that religion."
4. Definitions
In this award unless the contrary intention appears:
4.1 Assembler A
class means an employee, except where otherwise classified in this award, who
in the manufacturing of an article is wholly engaged in assembling prepared
pieces of timber or other material used in structural components (which is
dressed, morticed, tenoned or otherwise prepared by machining), by clamping,
nailing, screwing, gluing or fastening in any way, but who is not responsible
for the dimensions of the article other than by checking with gauges or other
measuring instruments.
4.2 Assembler B
class means an employee, except where otherwise classified in this award,
engaged exclusively on repetitive assembly of joinery components on any
automatic, semi-automatic or single-purpose machine and whose work may include
the repetitive assembling of structural component parts of any article in
predetermined positions in which no fitting or adjustment is required, and the
attachment of accessories, such as window fasteners, casement stays or
balances, to articles in predetermined, prepared positions; provided that no
such employee shall be responsible for the setting up of machines or the
dimensions of the products.
4.3 Attendant
means a person who attends to an electric motor or motors of 30 horsepower or
more in the aggregate and performs any duties of oiling, cleaning or attending
to commutators, brushes, fuses or switches.
4.4 Bush
Sawmills means sawmills not:
(a) within 32
kilometres of the Sydney GPO,
(b) within 32
kilometres of the Chief Post Office of Newcastle, Broken Hill, Port Kembla and
Wollongong.
4.5 Carpenter
bush means an employee who has not served time to become a tradesperson
carpenter, but does carpentry work in building mills and huts.
4.6 Carpenter
making stock work means an employee making stock doors not larger than 2.1
metres by 1 metre by 500 mm, double insertion mould, or ledge doors of the same
size, stock sashes not larger than 1.8 metres by 1 metre by 38 mm or stock
frames for same, ladders, step-ladders, skirt ironing boards, shirt ironing
boards, boot cutting boards, pasteboards, clothes horses, fly-wire doors,
fly-wire windows, tree guards, dog kennels, wheelbarrows, water closets (other
than pedestal seats).
4.7 Estimator
means an employee who has served an apprenticeship to any of the building
trades or as a draughtsperson who is engaged in preparing cutting lists of
timber for use in the manufacture of building components from builders,
architects, or other plans.
4.8 Glazier -
first class means an employee who is called upon to cut plate, sheet, figured,
rolled and other flat class, also structural glass, and to glaze and fit into
wood and/or steel and/or metal and to fix structural glass.
4.9 Head faller
means an employee who selects timber for falling, exercises supervision over
two or more other fallers and/or who sharpens fallers’ saws used in bush
operations.
4.10 Kiln
Attendant means an employee who attends fires and boilers and reads, records
and maintains temperatures.
4.11 Kiln Operator
means an employee who operates a drying kiln and is responsible for the
temperature reading and records thereof.
4.12 Kiln
Supervisor means an employee who has had three years’ experience in kiln drying
and who has successfully completed a course of training in the kiln drying of
timber and who supervises and/or carries out the whole of the work involved in
the kiln seasoning of timber including the preparation of drying schedules and
the calculation of moisture content.
4.13 Leading hand
means an employee who, while working, has charge or control of any adult person
or persons not apprentices and who has been appointed by the employer to take
such charge or control. This definition does not apply to engine drivers,
firemen or greasers.
4.14 Machinist A
Grade means a tradesperson wood machinist who has served the prescribed
apprenticeship to wood machining as set out in this or previous awards, or an
adult by reason of training for four years or more and experience is, at the
time of engagement or subsequent thereto, deemed by the employer to be capable
and is willing to perform the work of a tradesperson wood machinist. Work which
shall include the work of operating and setting up and/or grinding the knives
and cutters of any of the following machines upon which the employee is
employed notwithstanding that the employee may not be called upon to perform
all such work:
4.14.1 Boult’s carver;
4.14.2 Buzzer and/or
jointer (using other than straight knives and cutters);
4.14.3 Cross grainer;
4.14.4 Drum sander
(four or more drums);
4.14.5 General joiner;
4.14.6 Lindemann gluer
and jointer;
4.14.7 Lock angle
machine;
4.14.8 Moulder;
4.14.9 Planer - 3 heads
or more (other than box);
4.14.10 Planer, box (four
heads or more);
4.14.11 Router, working
freehand;
4.14.12 Shaper (other
than grooving and/or slotting in box and case making);
4.14.13 Spoke throater;
4.14.14 Tenoner (using
scribing irons, other than an automatic tenoner);
4.14.15 Trusser or
crozier;
4.14.16 Variety turning
on lathes other than automatic lathes;
4.14.17 Dowel machine
(multiple type);
4.14.18 Mosaic flooring
machine (other than assembling machine);
4.14.19 Wood chipper;
4.14.20 V-line folding
machine;
4.14.21 V-grooving
machine; and
4.14.22 Panel line
machine.
An employee operating any of the machines prescribed in
4.14.1, 4.14.2, 4.14.5, 4.14.6, 4.14.11 and 4.14.12 hereof shall be an
"A" grade machinist notwithstanding such employee does not set up
and/or grind the knives and cutters.
4.15 Machinist B
Grade means an adult employee other than a tradesperson, operating and setting
up and/or grinding the knives or cutters of any of the following machines:
4.15.1 Automatic lathe;
4.15.2 Borer (three or
more spindles);
4.15.3 Buzzer and/or
jointer (using straight knives or cutters);
4.15.4 Copying lathe;
4.15.5 Drum sander
(double or triple drums);
4.15.6 Dovetailer;
4.15.7 End matcher,
finger jointer and all other male and female profile machines;
4.15.8 Morticer (chain
or hollow chisel of any kind or any other);
4.15.9 Planer (one or
two heads) other than box;
4.15.10 Planer, box (less
than four heads);
4.15.11 Relisher;
4.15.12 Router (working
from templates, dies, jigs or fences);
4.15.13 Shaper (grooving
and/or slotting in box and case making);
4.15.14 Slicer (box);
4.15.15 Tenoner (other
than as provided in "A" Grade above);
4.15.16 Wood wool
machine;
4.15.17 Dowel machine
(single type);
4.15.18 Pole
scarfing (including operator of such machine who also operates a pole boring or
pole capping machine);
4.15.19 Microplaner;
4.15.20 Radial
head using saws or cutters in the making of component parts for pre-cut
buildings or of roof trusses or any other form of trusses;
4.15.21 Wood chipper;
4.15.22 Spiking machine
(incisor);
4.15.23 V-line folding
machine;
4.15.24 V-grooving
machine; and
4.15.25 Panel line
machine.
4.16 Measurer
means an employee who measures and records dimensions and number of pieces of
sawn timber.
4.17 Mixed
Industry means an employer’s industry where the work performed by an employee
is subsidiary and ancillary to the chief and principal purpose and business of
such industry.
4.18 Order in this
definition means the demand of a customer or of the employer, or someone on the
employer’s behalf, to the orderperson for an expressed size and class or
expressed sizes and classes of timber.
4.19 Orderperson
means an employee who is responsible for the selection, allotment and measuring
of orders for delivery and/or for the execution of orders for delivery.
4.20 Orderperson
Class 1 means an employee other than an orderperson elsewhere defined who is
capable of selecting, grading and marking basic materials to the best advantage
for re-manufacture and from stock for the fulfillment of orders; the employee
shall be capable of tallying, measuring and checking before submitting details
for cartnote preparation.
4.21 Orderperson
Class 2 means an employee in a log sawmill who is responsible for the
fulfilling of orders by selection of material for cutting to required sizes and
lengths, checking and measuring of completed orders and compiling for dispatch.
4.22 Order/Sales
Person means an employee who is capable of performing the work of a Timber
Orderperson but who, in addition, is engaged in and responsible for making up
and/or executing orders of hardware and/or other building materials which would
include the processing of customer payment.
4.23 Responsible
Person at Docking Saw means a person in charge of a docking saw and who keeps
check of or tallies timber cut at such saw.
4.24 Sawbenches
classifications - The following provisions shall apply to log sawmills:
4.24.1 A breaking down
bench shall include a circular saw, a band saw, twin saws, horizontal saw or
vertical frame saw when any of such saws is used for the purposes of reducing a
log to flitches.
4.24.2 A No. 1 bench
shall mean any bench which takes flitches from the breaking down bench.
4.24.3 A No. 2 bench
shall mean any bench which is fed directly from a No. 1 bench or an edger saw
bench, and which is not being used as a picket bench within 4.24.5 hereof.
4.24.4 A No. 3 bench
shall mean any bench which is fed directly from a No. 2 bench and which is not
being used as a picket bench within 4.24.5 hereof.
4.24.5 A No. 4 bench
shall mean a bench on which timber is cut into pickets, lathes, droppers,
palings, staves or other small sizes which small sizes do not exceed 7.6 cm by
3.8 cm by 2.7 metres or the equivalent in section by 2.7 metres.
4.25 Saw Doctor
means an employee who may be required to manufacture from blank ribbon steel
band saws of varying widths and who punches teeth, grinds teeth, swages and
sets, hard tips teeth, tensions and levels circular saws, grinds, sharpens and
sets circular saws, maintains chain saw chains, hand saws and frame saws and
who when required, is responsible for the training of other employees.
4.26 Saw Sharpener
means an employee who sharpens, sets and tensions saws only, using either hand
or automatic grinding equipment, file setting lever and setting gauge saw
sharpener.
4.27 Shiploader
means an employee who operates woodchip ship loading equipment and is
responsible for overseeing the general operations associated with the loading
and who may be required to coordinate the work of other employees engaged in
connection with the loading of woodchips onto ships.
4.28 Tallyperson
means an employee who, by measuring and calculating quantities keeps an account
of timber and does not include one who merely measures lengths of timber or
merely counts timber by pieces.
4.29 Training
Agreement means an agreement for a Career Start Traineeship that is registered
with the appropriate State or Territory training authority or under the
provisions of the appropriate State or Territory Legislation.
4.30 Timber Grader
means an adult employee who grades timber according to quality into three or
more specific grades of saleable timber.
4.31 Union means
the Construction, Forestry, Mining and Energy Union, New South Wales.
5. Coverage of Award
5.1 This award
applies to the work and persons performing such work as listed in the skill
grade structures in the appendices of this award, as described in the
definitions and as per the imported classifications of this award. Without
limiting the scope of this award it applies to the following types of work in
the forest and building products, manufacturing and merchandising sectors and
persons performing such work or employed in connection with the following work.
5.2 The
following activities are arranged in industry sectors for ease of use. In
reality each sector may overlap and include any or all activities from other
sectors.
5.2.1 Harvesting and
Forestry Management Sector, including - Harvesting timber, processing of
harvested timber, operating any machinery or vehicle in connection with
harvesting, lifting, processing and transporting timber. Routine maintenance of
equipment or vehicle. Preparation of forest for harvesting operations,
maintenance of forest during harvesting and activities associated with the
rejuvenation of forest during and after harvesting operations. General forestry
and forest management work.
5.2.2 Milling and
Processing Sector, including - Processing of logs and other forms of raw timber
into building timber and other value added products in timber mills, factories,
merchant’s premises and other locations. Processing includes, lifting, sorting,
stacking, storing, warehousing transporting, debarking, sawing, dressing,
drying, machining, laminating, jointing, chipping, treating and carrying out
any grading, labelling and clerical functions associated with processing.
Operation of any machinery used in processing or in connection with processing
including plant and infrastructure and any maintenance associated with such machinery,
plant or infrastructure. Assembling and construction of products from processed
timber. Supervision, coordination and planning of the processing activities and
processing infrastructure.
5.2.3 Panel Products
Sector, including - Manufacturing of boards, panels or veneer from timber and
timber products. Handle, sort, stack, lift, treat, cut, press, glue, edge,
trim, paint, laminate and process in any manner, panel, board or veneer.
Transport and store board, panels or veneer. Operate and maintain any or all
machinery associated with board, panel or veneer manufacture including
manufacturing plant and infrastructure. Plan, setup and assemble products from
board, panel or veneer and associated components.
5.2.4 Manufacturing
Sector, including - All activities listed in the milling and processing sector.
Machining timber in any manner to produce components and articles. Assemble
wood components and associated attachments into products. Paint and glaze
products. Joinery work. Manufacture frames, trusses, doors, windows and other
building products or components. Measure, estimate, design and manufacture
products for building and other purposes.
5.2.5 Merchandising
and retailing, including - All activities listed in the manufacturing sector.
Display, demonstrate, prepare, handle, provide advice and sell timber and
timber related products, hardware and building products in wholesale and timber
merchant/retail outlets. Activities associated with the importing and
wholesaling of timber products. Calculate and process customer orders and deal
with customers generally.
5.3 Reference to
timber and/or wood in this award without in anyway limiting the ordinary
meaning of the words, will also include any artificial or laminated or
manufactured material now in existence or hereafter coming into existence from
whatever materials made or constructed or manufactured, which is or can be used
in the place of wood or timber and worked in a similar manner as wood or
timber.
6. Timber Trade
Industrial Association
6.1 Timber Trade
Industrial Association is exempt from so much of the provisions of this award
as is necessary to permit a member of such Association to indenture apprentices
to the trade of wood machining in any instance where such member employs
tradesperson wood machinists operating, setting up and/or grinding the knives
and cutters of a moulding machine with four heads or more and where such member
is unable to comply with the provisions of 15.7 of this award.
6.2 Where the
employer, in addition to employing one or more tradesperson wood machinists
operating, setting up and/or grinding knives and cutters of a moulding machine
with four heads or more also employs Wood machinists operating any of the other
wood machines mentioned in 15.7 of this award, indentures an apprentice in
accordance with the terms of this exemption, the employer shall in addition to
instructing, teaching and practicing the apprentice on the moulding machine
with four heads or more also instruct, teach and practice the said apprentice
on one or more of the other said machines.
6.3 The
Association is exempt from so much of the provisions of this award as is
necessary to permit a member of such Association with the agreement of the
majority of the employees concerned to stand down any such employees without
pay for any day they cannot be usefully employed by reason of slackness of
trade. If the employees concerned are members of the union and the employees
request the employer to notify the union then, subject to the NSW State Branch
of the union being notified by registered letter by such employer of the
intention at least seven days prior to such employees being stood down, and if
the NSW State Branch of the union notifies the employer of its objection to the
terms of any such agreement being introduced or continued in operation, the
employer shall either not proceed to give effect to the terms of any such
agreement or shall discontinue giving effect to its terms not more than two
days after being so notified of the union’s objection; provided further an
employee whilst stood down without pay in accordance with this exemption may
terminate the employment without forfeiture of wages by giving the employer not
less than one day’s notice of such termination.
6.4 The
Association is exempt from so much of the provisions of this award as will
permit the ordinary hours of shift work of any of its members to be worked at
such times and on such conditions as may be agreed upon by the majority of the
employees concerned, and if a union member is so affected and the member
requests it, the employer will seek the approval in writing of the State Branch
of the union or in the absence of any such agreement or approval as may be
determined by the Industrial Relations Commission of New South Wales.
7. Succession of
Previous Award
This award shall supersede all previous awards and orders of
the Commission relating to the employment of employees in the industries
covered by clause 6 - Coverage of award, of this award by employers named
herein but no right, obligation or liability accrued or incurred under any such
previous award or order shall be affected hereby.
PART B ¾
AWARD FLEXIBILITY
8. Facilitative
Provisions
8.1 Agreement to
vary award provisions -
8.1.1 A facilitative
provision is that part of an award clause which enables the enterprise, through
the enterprise consultative mechanisms and procedures in the workplace, to
determine the manner in which that clause may be applied at the enterprise.
8.1.2 This award
contains facilitative provisions which allow agreement between an employer and
employees on how specific award provisions are to apply at the workplace or
enterprise level. The facilitative provisions are identified in 8.2.1, 8.3.1
and 8.4.1 hereof.
8.1.3 The specific
award provisions establish both the standard award condition and the framework
within which agreement can be reached through the consultative mechanism as to
how the particular provision should be applied in practice. Facilitative
provisions are not to be used as a device to avoid award obligations nor will
they result in unfairness to an employee or employees covered by this award.
8.2 Facilitation
by individual agreement -
8.2.1 The following
facilitative provisions can be utilised upon agreement between an employer and
an employee provided that the agreement complies with 8.2.2, 8.2.3(a) and
8.2.3(b) hereof:
Subject
|
Clause
|
|
|
Variation to hours - part-time employment
|
13.5.2
|
Time off instead of overtime payment
|
30
|
Make-up time
|
31.1
|
Annual leave - time of taking leave
|
35.8
|
Annual Leave - broken leave
|
35.9
|
Annual leave flexibilities
|
35.15.1
|
8.2.2 Records kept -
The agreement reached must be recorded in the time and wages records kept by
the employer in accordance with Division 2 of Part 3 of the Industrial
Relations (General) Regulation 1996.
8.2.3 Union
involvement -
8.2.3 (a) Union
representation - If an employee is a member of a union bound by the award, the
employee may be represented by the union in meeting and conferring with the
employer about the implementation of the facilitative provisions.
8.2.3 (b) Union
participation - The union, where applicable, must be given a reasonable
opportunity to participate in negotiations regarding the proposed
implementation of a facilitative provision. Union involvement does not mean
that the consent of the union is required prior to the introduction of agreed
facilitative arrangements.
8.3 Facilitation
by majority or individual agreement -
8.3.1 The following
facilitative provisions can be utilised upon agreement between the employer and
the majority of employees in the workplace or a section or sections of it or
the employer and an individual employee.
Subject
|
Clause
|
|
|
Payment of wages
|
24.1, 24.2, 24.4.2
|
Hours of work
|
|
- method of arranging ordinary working hours
|
27.1.1
|
- variation to spread of hours for day workers
|
27.1.1
|
- ordinary hours of work for day workers on weekends
|
27.1.3
|
Hours of work
|
|
- starting and finishing times
|
27.1.4
|
Rostered days off
|
27.4.1
|
Rostered days off - substitute days
|
27.7.2(a)
|
Breaks - alteration of meal breaks for day workers
|
28.1
|
Time off instead of overtime payment
|
30
|
Hours - shift work
|
32.1.3
|
Changing public holidays
|
43.4
|
8.3.2 Majority
agreement - Where agreement has been reached with an individual employee or the
majority of employees in the workplace or a section or sections of it to
implement a facilitative provisions in 8.3.1 hereof, the employer may not
implement that agreement unless it complies with 8.2.2, 8.2.3(a), 8.2.3(b) and
8.5 hereof.
8.4 Facilitation
by majority agreement -
8.4.1 The following
facilitative provisions may only be utilised upon agreement between the
employer and the majority of employees in the workplace or a section or
sections of it.
Subject
|
Clause
|
|
|
Meal breaks
|
28.1
|
Ordinary hours of work - shift workers
|
32.1.1
|
Night shift - averaging of shift allowances
|
32.3.6
|
Annual leave - close down
|
35.14.1
|
8.4.2 Where agreement
has been reached with the majority of employees in the workplace or a section
or sections of it, to implement a facilitative provision in 8.4.1 hereof that
agreement will be binding on all such employees, provided the requirements of
8.2.2, 8.2.3(a), 8.2.3(b) and 8.5 hereof have been met.
8.5 Additional
safeguard - The additional safeguard requires that the union, where applicable,
which is party to the award and which has members employed at an enterprise
covered by the award, shall be informed by the employer of the intention to use
the facilitative provision and shall be given a reasonable opportunity to
participate in negotiations regarding its use. Union involvement in this
process does not mean that the consent of the union is required prior to the
introduction of agreed facilitative arrangements at the enterprise.
8.6 Majority
vote at the initiation of the employer - A vote of employees in the workplace
or a section or sections of it, taken in accordance with 8.3 or 8.4 hereof to
determine if there is majority employee support for implementation of a
facilitative provision, will be of no effect, unless taken with the agreement
of the employer.
8.7 Dispute over
facilitation - In the event that a dispute or difficulty arises over the
implementation or continued operation of a facilitative provision, the matter
will be handled in accordance with the dispute resolution procedure in clause
11 - Disputes resolution procedure, of this award.
9. Enterprise
Flexibility Provisions
Where an employer or employees wish to pursue an agreement
at the enterprise or workplace about how the award should be varied so as to
make the enterprise or workplace operate more efficiently according to its
particular needs, the following process shall apply:
9.1 A
consultative mechanism and procedures appropriate to the size, structure and
needs of the enterprise or workplace shall be established.
9.2 For the
purpose of the consultative process the employees may nominate the union or
another person to represent them.
9.3 Where
agreement is reached an application shall be made to the Industrial Relations
Commission of New South Wales.
PART C ¾
CONSULTATION AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION
10. Consultative
Mechanism and Procedure
10.1 At each
enterprise covered by the award the employer and employees and, if appropriate
an appropriate representative including the union, where applicable,, may
establish a mechanism and procedures which enables them to communicate and
consult about matters arising out of this award, in particular clauses 8 -
Facilitative provisions, 9 - Enterprise
flexibility provisions and 22 - Training and skill development, which they
agree would assist in achieving and maintaining co-operative workplace
relations and mutually beneficial work practices.
10.2 The employer
shall permit a noticeboard to be erected in the plant, or each part of a plant,
to facilitate communication between employees and/or their union
representatives, where applicable.
11. Disputes
Resolution Procedure
11.1 A procedure
for the avoidance and resolution of disputes will apply in all enterprises
covered by this award. The mechanism and procedures for resolving industrial
disputes will include, but not be limited to the following:
11.1.1 The employee/s
concerned will first meet and confer with their immediate supervisor. The
employee/s may appoint another person to act on their behalf including a shop
steward or delegate of their union, where applicable.
11.1.2 Where the shop
steward or delegate is involved that person shall be allowed the necessary time
during working hours to interview the employee/s and the supervisor.
11.1.3 If the mater is
not resolved at such a meeting the parties will arrange further discussions
involving more senior management as appropriate. The employee may invite a
union official, where applicable, to be involved in the discussions. The
employer may also invite into the discussions an officer of the employer
organisation to which the employer belongs.
11.1.4 The shop steward
or delegate shall be allowed at a place designated by the employer, a
reasonable period of time during working hours to interview the duly accredited
union officials, where applicable.
11.1.5 If the matter
remains unresolved, the employer may refer it to a more senior level of
management. The employee may invite a more senior union official, where
applicable, to be involved in the discussions. In the event there is no agreement
to refer the matter to a more senior level or it is agreed that such a
reference would not resolve the matter, the parties shall jointly or
individually refer the matter to the Industrial Relations Commission of New
South Wales of New south Wales for assistance in resolving the matter.
11.2 In order to
facilitate the grievance and dispute settling procedure:
11.2.1 The party with
the grievance must notify the other party at the earliest opportunity of the
problem.
11.2.2 Throughout all
stages of the procedure all relevant facts must be clearly identified and
recorded.
11.2.3 Sensible time
limits must be allowed for completion of the various stages of discussion.
However, the parties must co-operate to ensure that the disputes resolution
procedures are carried out as quickly as possible.
11.2.4 Union delegates,
where applicable, who will be involved in dispute resolution will be allowed to
be trained in order to assist the employee to settle disputes as per this
clause. The union, where applicable,
must arrange for suitable training and apply in writing with a minimum of six
weeks notice (or less amount by agreement) for up to five days leave with pay
each calendar year, non-cumulative.
Leave of absence granted pursuant to this clause shall count as service
for all purposes. The time of taking
leave shall be arranged so as to minimise any adverse effect on the employer’s
operations.
11.3 While the
parties are attempting to resolve the matter, the parties will continue to work
in accordance with this award unless the employee has a reasonable concern
about an imminent risk to the employee’s health and safety. Subject to relevant
provisions of any State or Territory occupational health and safety law, even
if the employee has a reasonable concern about an imminent risk to health or
safety, the employee must not unreasonably fail to comply with a direction by
the employer to perform other available work whether at the same enterprise or
another enterprise, that is safe and appropriate for the employee to perform.
PART D ¾
EMPLOYER AND EMPLOYEES’ DUTIES,
EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP AND RELATED ARRANGEMENTS
12. Employment
Relationship
12.1 An employer
may direct an employee to carry out such duties as are within the limits of the
employee’s skill, competence and training consistent with the classification
structure of this award provided that such duties are not designed to promote
deskilling.
12.2 An employer
may direct an employee to carry out such duties and use such tools and
equipment as may be required provided that the employee has been properly
trained in the use of such tools and equipment.
12.3 Any direction
issued by an employer pursuant to 12.2 and 12.3 hereof shall be consistent with
the employer’s responsibilities to provide a safe and healthy working
environment.
13. Employment
Categories
13.1 Employment
during the first two weeks shall be from day to day at the weekly rates
prescribed except in the case of re-engagement within one month after the
termination of a previous service of the employee under the employer.
13.2 Probationary
employment -
13.2.1 Notwithstanding
13.1 hereof, an employer may also initially engage a full-time or part-time
employee for a period of probationary employment for the purpose of determining
the employee’s suitability for ongoing employment. The employee must be advised in advance that the employment is
probationary and of the duration of the probation which can be up to but not
exceed three months.
13.2.2 A probationary
employee is for all purposes of the award a full-time or part-time employee.
13.2.3 Probationary
employment forms part of an employee’s period of continuous service for all
purposes of the award, except where otherwise specified in this award.
13.3 Full-time
employment - Subject to 13.1 hereof, all employees except those engaged in
piecework or as casual employees shall be employed on a weekly engagement
(unless otherwise specified in the award) subject to the following terms:
13.3.1 An employee
shall perform such work as the employer shall from time to time require on the
usual days and within the prescribed hours. An employee’s ordinary rate of pay
shall not be reduced until the expiration of seven days’ notice of transfer to
a lower grade of work, as prescribed by 25.7.3 of this award.
13.4 Casual
employment -
13.4.1 A casual
employee is one engaged and paid as such and shall include a casual employee
engaged to perform shift work.
13.4.1(a) Employees
engaged as casual employees may be engaged for a period of up to twelve
weeks. Such casual employment may be
extended for a further period by agreement between an employer and an employee
concerned.
13.4.1(b) An
employee shall not be engaged as a casual employee to avoid any obligation of
this award.
13.4.1(c) The
agreement to extend the period of casual employment shall be recorded in the
time and wages record. Where no
agreement and record of agreement occurs, a casual employee employed for more
than twelve weeks shall be a full-time or part-time employee depending upon the
number of hours worked each week.
13.4.2 -
13.4.2(a) Where
casual employees agree to remain in casual employment beyond the 12 week period
specified in 13.4.1 above, the ration of such casual employees to permanent
employees shall not exceed one to ten (or part thereof).
13.4.2(b) The
ratio specified in 13.4.2(a) may be varied by agreement between the employer
and the majority of employees. However,
where the union has members employed at the enterprise, the union must be given
a reasonable opportunity to participate in negotiations before any decision is
made.
13.4.3 A casual
employee for working ordinary time shall be paid per hour one thirty-eighth of
the weekly rate prescribed by this award for the work performed plus a loading
of 20% in lieu of annual leave, sick leave and public holidays provided that a
casual employee will be afforded a minimum start of 4 hours on any day.
13.4.4 Except as
expressly provided for, all other provisions of this award apply to casual
employees.
13.5 Part-time
employment -
13.5.1 An employee may
be engaged to work on a part-time basis involving a regular pattern of hours
which shall average less then 38 hours per week.
13.5.2 Before
commencing part-time employment, the employee and employer must agree upon the
hours to be worked by the employee, the days upon which they will be worked and
the commencing and finishing times for the work.
13.5.3 The terms of the
part-time work agreement may be varied by consent, or in the absence of
agreement pursuant to clause 11 - Disputes resolution procedure, of this award.
13.5.4 The terms of the
part-time work agreement, or any variation to it, shall be in writing and
retained by the employer. A copy of the agreement and any variation to it shall
be provided to the employee by the employer.
13.5.5 An employer is
required to roster a regular part-time employee for a minimum of three
consecutive hours on any shift, or as otherwise agreed in accordance with
clause 8 - Facilitative provisions, of this award.
13.5.6 A part-time
employee shall be paid for each hour worked 1/38th of the weekly award wage
prescribed by this award for the grade of work performed.
13.5.7 A part-time
employee who works in excess of the daily hours fixed by agreement between the
employer and the employee shall be paid overtime in accordance with clause 29 -
Overtime, Saturday, Sunday and holiday payments - day work, of this award.
13.5.8 Leave provisions
13.5.8 (a) A
part-time employee shall be entitled to annual leave and sick leave in
accordance with this award in proportion to ordinary hours worked.
13.5.8(b) Where
the normal paid hours fall on a public holiday and work is not performed by the
employee, such employee shall not lose pay for the day.
13.5.9 Subject to this
clause, all of the provisions of this award shall apply to a part-time
employee.
13.6 Piecework
13.6.1 Definition - For the purposes of this award, a
pieceworker shall mean an employee who is not a weekly employee but who is
engaged to work away from the employer’s mill, yard or other place of business
in or in connection with felling, snigging, hauling or other obtaining of logs,
billets, chips or other timber at rates of remuneration depending only on the
amount of work performed, irrespective of the hours or times concerned.
13.6.2 Remuneration -
The remuneration payable to a pieceworker shall be fixed by agreement between
the employee and the employer at rates which would enable such an employee of
average capacity to earn, for an ordinary week’s work, not less than 25% above
the appropriate weekly base rate for the class of work performed.
13.6.3 Chainsaw and
other additional costs -
13.6.3 (a) Pieceworkers
who, with the concurrence of the employer, supply, operate and maintain their
own chain saws shall be reimbursed for the supply of such equipment as per this
clause.
13.6.3 (b) All
Pieceworkers will be reimbursed for all costs incidental to and directly
connected with piecework in one of the following methods as agreed between the
employer and the employee concerned:
13.6.3 (b)(i) incorporating
the costs into the piecework rate;
13.6.3 (b)(ii) by
calculating the costs and applying an additional flat rate or percentage rate
to the piecework rate;
13.6.3 (b)(iii) by
reimbursement of the actual amount involved.
13.6.4 Agreement not
being reached - In the event of disagreement on any piecework rate, allowance
or cost incurred, the matter may be referred for determination by the
Industrial Relations Commission of New South Wales.
13.6.5 Only the
following clauses of this award apply to pieceworkers:
Accident pay
|
25.18
|
Annual leave
|
35
|
Fire fighting
|
17
|
Disputes resolution procedure
|
11
|
Parental leave
|
39
|
Payment of wages
|
24
|
Piecework
|
13.6
|
Protective clothing, footwear and covering
|
25.12
|
Transport of employees on termination of employment
|
19.4
|
Wage rates
|
20
|
13.6.6 Shifting haulers
- Pieceworkers shall be paid at the award rate plus 25% for time occupied
shifting haulers from one landing to another except in cases where the
piecework rates are arranged to include time occupied in shifting haulers.
13.6.7 Sleepers -
loading and turning - When sleepers are being inspected whilst they are being
loaded into trucks by pieceworkers and, at the request of the employer or of a
Government inspector or of the buyer, the sleepers are turned for inspection or
reinspection, the loaders shall receive turning rates whilst turning such
sleepers and loading rates whilst loading such sleepers.
13.6.8 Measurement of
logs - All logs felled or hauled at piecework rates shall be measured or
weighed at the mill landing or elsewhere by agreement. Particulars of the logs
so measured or weighed shall be given to the pieceworker at least once a
fortnight unless otherwise agreed upon by the employer and employee and such
particulars shall set out the name of the mill supplied, the name of the
employee, the date, the brand, the length, the girth or the weight or the cubic
meterage of such logs scaled according to the prevailing practice. Provided
that in respect of measuring red gum logs an agreement may be entered into
between the State Branch of the union, where applicable, and employers.
13.6.9 Subsistence
allowance -
13.6.9(a) The
employer will make every reasonable effort to ensure that the logs are not
unduly delayed by stockpiling in the bush. Where logs are stockpiled in excess
of fourteen days in the bush the pieceworkers affected may be paid, by
agreement, a subsistence allowance (subs) based on the estimated tonnage of the
logs in the pieceworkers’ pile agreed to between the pieceworkers and the employer.
13.6.9(b) If the
actual tonnage turns out to be greater than or less than the estimated tonnage
after weighing, an adjustment shall be made for the differences in the
employee’s next pay or otherwise as agreed to between the employer and the employee
concerned.
13.6.10 Royalty payment -
Where timber is obtained from Crown Lands or private property, the employer
shall pay any royalty charged on the timber. Where the employee obtaining the
timber pays royalty on behalf of the employer such royalty shall be paid by the
employer to the employee in addition to piecework rates.
13.6.11 Payslips - In
lieu of clause 24, Payment of Wages, the employer shall supply in writing to
each piecework employee the following information:
13.6.11(a) Tonnes
cut - Saw log - Pulp log.
13.6.11(b) Classification.
13.6.11(c) Gross
pay.
13.6.11(d) The
nature and amount of all allowances paid.
13.6.11(e) The
nature and amount of all deductions.
13.6.11(f) Taxation.
13.6.11(g) Nett
pay.
13.6.11(h) Adjustments.
13.6.11(i) Conversion
factor tonnes/metre.
13.6.11(j) Date
of payment.
13.6.11(k) Any
leave entitlements.
13.6.12 Exemption rate
for piecework -
13.6.12(a) Except
in respect to 13.6.3 and 13.6.4 hereof, the provisions of this award shall not
apply to a piecework employee whose rate of remuneration would enable such
employee of average capacity to earn, for an ordinary weeks’ work, not less
than 50 per cent above the appropriate award weekly time for the class of work
performed.
13.6.12(b) Such
exemption rate provisions shall only apply with the agreement of the employee
concerned and, if a member of the union, with the State Branch of the union.
13.7 Apprentices -
13.7.1 Supervision and
training - An employer will ensure that each apprentice has appropriate
arrangements made at an enterprise level to meet the apprentices’ training
requirements and adequate access to and supervision from tradespersons has been
arranged.
13.7.2 Wages
13.7.2(a) The
minimum rates of weekly wage to be paid to apprentices shall be as prescribed
in clause 20 - Wage rates, of this award.
13.7.2(b) The
provisions of any statute, award or regulations relating to the attendance of
apprentices at technical schools during ordinary working hours shall not be
deemed to be inconsistent with this award.
13.8 Juniors -
13.8.1 The employer may
employ unapprenticed juniors in any position which they are competent to carry
out subject to this clause.
13.8.2 A junior cannot
carry out the position of sawyer, dovetailing machinist in boxmaking and
machinist to any other machine not listed in 13.8.3.
13.8.3 A junior may be
employed:
(a) as a machinist
on the following machines, provided that appropriate training and instruction
has been provided to the junior:
(i) any box
machine (other than dovetailing), dowel machine, embossing machine, rumbler or
washing machine;
(ii) in furniture
factories, sandbelt. Sand drum, sand
dolly, boring machine, dowel driving machines and routing machine (working from
a template, die or gauge).
(b) In making of
plywood:
(i) operating
taping machines, as a tailer out of plywood or veneer, or feeders or tailers
out on glue rolls or sand papering machine.
(c) In any other
task that is within the junior's skill and capacity to perform.
13.8.4 A junior under
18 years of age must not be employed as a leverperson or pulling out on saw
benches.
13.8.5 Without limiting
the effect of this clause a junior may carry out any position covered by this
award so long as:
(a) the Employer
has first consulted the Union, where applicable, with regard to its intention
to train and engage the junior in the specific position. The Union may not unreasonably withhold
consent;
(b) the Junior has
been provided with the appropriate training, including safety, to operate the
relevant machinery;
(c) the Junior has
been assessed as competent to operate the machine by a registered assessor;
(d) the applicable
statutory instrument does not preclude the Junior from operating the machine in
question.
13.8.6 A junior
employee assessed under clause 13.8.5 as competent to operate machinery not
listed under clause 13.8.3 shall not be paid less than the amount payable under
this award to an adult employee similarly employed.
NOTE: In engaging juniors employers must take account
of the specific occupational health and
safety needs of new and young employees. For assistance contact your employer organisation, the Union of
WorkCover.
13.9 Trainees -
Refer Appendix F - Forest and Building Products (State)
Training Wage Appendix.
14. Abandonment of
Employment
Notwithstanding anything elsewhere contained in this clause:
14.1 The absence
of an employee from work for a continuous period exceeding three working days
without the consent of the employer and notification to the employer shall be prima
facie evidence that the employee has abandoned the employment.
14.2 Provided that
if within a period of fourteen days from the last attendance at work or the
date of the last absence in respect of which notification has been given or
consent has been granted, an employee has not established to the satisfaction
of the employer that the employee was absent for reasonable cause, the employee
shall be deemed to have abandoned the employment.
14.3 Termination
of employment by abandonment in accordance with this clause shall operate as
from the date of the last attendance at work or the last day’s absence in
respect of which consent was granted, or the date of the last absence in
respect of which notification was given to the employer whichever is the later.
15. Emergency
Provisions
15.1 Notwithstanding
anything elsewhere contained in this award the following provisions shall apply
in case of an employer who through no fault of its own is subjected to
restriction or rationing in the use of electric energy and/or coal gas and/or
the emergency disconnection thereof in accordance with orders, regulations or
notices approved by the lawful authority. In the case of an employer who is
unable to resume normal operations immediately after the cessation of such restrictions,
rationing or disconnection, the operation of these following provisions shall
be extended for a period not extending beyond:
15.1 (a) Should
notification of the cessation be received between midnight on Friday and noon
on Thursday in any week - 7.00 a.m. on the following Saturday.
15.1 (b) Should
notification of the cessation be received between noon on Thursday and midnight
on Saturday in any week - 7.00 a.m. on the Saturday in the following week.
15.1 (c) If by
any reason of such restriction, rationing or disconnection the employer is
unable to usefully employ an employee for the whole or part of any day or
shift, the employer may deduct from the wages of that employee payment for any
part of the day or shift such employee cannot be usefully employed provided
that:
15.1 (c) (i) if an
employer requires the employee to attend for work but is not able to be
employed usefully the employee shall be entitled to be paid for two hours’
work;
15.1 (c) (ii) where
an employee commences work the employee shall be entitled to be paid for four
hours’ work;
15.1 (c) (iii) this
clause shall not apply to apprentices.
15.1 (d) Subject
to 15.1 (g) hereof the employer may require any day worker to perform the
ordinary hours of work (or any such ordinary hours of work) at any time on any
day other than on a Sunday on the basis of an average of 38 hours per week. The
following rates of pay shall apply for such work:
15.1 (d) (i) for
work performed on Mondays to Fridays from 7.00 a.m. to 5.30 p.m. and on
Saturdays from 7.00 a.m. to noon - ordinary time;
15.1 (d) (ii) for
work performed between noon and midnight on Saturdays - ordinary rates plus
25%;
15.1 (d) (iii) for
work performed at all other times - ordinary rates plus 10%.
Provided that when a worker is required to commence
work between the hours of 9.30 p.m. and 6.00 a.m., the amount received shall
not be less than an amount of 50 cents more than the amount that would have
been received if paid at ordinary day rates.
15.1 (e) The
employer may require any shift worker to perform hours of work at any time
other than on a Sunday on the basis of an average of 38 hours per week. The
following rates of pay shall apply for such work
15.1 (e) (i) for
day or shift work - ordinary time;
15.1 (e) (ii) for
work performed between noon and midnight on Saturdays - ordinary rates plus
25%;
15.1 (e) (iii) for
afternoon and night shifts - ordinary rates plus 10%.
Provided that when a shift worker is required to
commence work between the hours of 9.30 p.m. and 6.00 a.m. the amount received
shall not be less than an amount of 50 cents more than the amount that would
have been received if paid at ordinary rates.
15.1 (f) Nothing
contained in this clause shall operate so as to reduce the shift premiums
payable to employees who were shift workers working on afternoon and night
shifts only at the date of such interference as aforesaid and who continue to
work on such shifts.
15.1 (g) A day
worker or a shift worker shall be allowed a rest period of eight hours between
the completion of one shift or spell of duty and the commencement of the next
unless, as a result of a mutual arrangement between the employer and the
majority of the employees concerned, a lesser period than eight hours is agreed
to. If in the absence of an agreement an employee is required to commence a
shift or a spell of duty without having been granted the rest period allowed,
the employee shall be paid at double time rates until such hours are agreed to.
If in the absence of an agreement an employee is required to commence a shift
or a spell of duty without having been granted the rest period allowed, the
employee shall be paid at double time rates until such time as the allowed rest
period is granted. This clause shall have no application in cases where in circumstances
of normal working a shift worker could be required without the payment of
penalty rates to work two successive shifts without a break or with a break of
less than eight hours.
15.1 (h) The
employer may alter the time at which meal breaks are usually taken and/or the
duration of them, in order to avoid or mitigate the effect of such
interference, without being liable to pay penalty rates for work done during
the normal meal breaks; provided that the commencing time of any meal break is
not made more than one hour earlier or later than usual and that a meal break
of at least 20 minutes is allowed. Provided also that the employer shall,
whenever it is practicable, consult with the representative of the union, where
applicable, before acting under this clause.
15.1 (i) The
employer may, by agreement with an employee, allow to such employee the whole
or any part of the annual leave prescribed by this award without being liable
to give such employee the notice normally required for that purpose.
15.2 Notwithstanding
anything elsewhere contained in this award, the provisions of this clause shall
also apply with the necessary changes in points of detail in the case of an
employer who uses an auxiliary power plant for the purpose of providing
employment for the employees whilst such a restriction or rationing or
emergency disconnection is in force and who:
15.2 (a) Is
unable to usefully employ an employee for the whole of any day or shift by
reason of a breakdown in such plant through no fault of the employer; or
15.2 (b) Because
of the inability of the auxiliary power plant to meet the normal demands for
power:
15.2 (b) (i) finds
it necessary to require any employee to perform the ordinary hours of work (or
any of such ordinary hours of work) outside the hours normally worked by such
employee; or
15.2 (b) (ii) finds
it necessary to alter the time at which meal breaks are usually taken and/or
the duration of them.
15.3 Leave is
reserved to the parties to apply in this matter upon two days’ notice in writing.
16. Stand Down of
Employees
The employer may deduct payment for any full day the
employee cannot be usefully employed because of any strike or because of any
breakdown of machinery or because of any other stoppage of work for any
reasonable cause subject to the following provisions:
16.1 The onus of
proving reasonableness of the causes shall be on the employer.
16.2 Where a
standdown continues beyond one week, the employee may terminate the employment
without notice or forfeiture of a week’s wages.
16.3 The employer
advises the union, where applicable, of the commencement time and possible
duration of the standdown.
16.4 Subject to any
employee in the bush and in bush sawmills and in log sawmills outside cities
and towns being ready, willing and available to work, nothing in this clause
shall authorise deduction of payment for any time lost because the employee is
prevented from working on account of rain, hail, snow, flood or bushfire or on
account of a shortage of logs when such shortage is due to rain, hail, snow,
flood or bushfire.
17. Fire Fighting
Employees required under the control of the Forestry
Commission of NSW to fight bushfires shall be determined by the provisions of
the NSW Bush Fires Act and other relevant State Acts.
18. Redundancy
(i) Application
-
(a) This clause
shall only apply to employers who employ 15 or more employees immediately prior
to the termination of employment of employees.
(b) Notwithstanding
anything contained elsewhere in this clause, this clause shall not apply to
employees with less than one year’s continuous service and the general
obligation on employers shall be no more than to give such employees an
indication of the impending redundancy at the first reasonable opportunity, and
to take such steps as may be reasonable to facilitate the obtaining by the
employees of suitable alternative employment.
(c) Notwithstanding
anything contained elsewhere in this clause, this clause shall not apply where
employment is terminated as a consequence of conduct that justifies instant
dismissal, including malingering, inefficiency or neglect of duty, or in the
case casual employees, apprentices or employees engaged for a specific period
of time or for a specified task or tasks or where employment is terminated due
to the ordinary and customary turnover of labour.
(ii) Introduction
of Change -
(a) Employer’s
duty to notify -
(1) Where an
employer has made a definite decision to introduce major changes in production,
program, organisation, structure or technology that are likely to have
significant effects on employees, the employer shall notify the employees who
may be affected by the proposed changes and the union to which they belong.
(2) "Significant
effects" include termination of employment, major changes in the composition,
operation or size of the employer’s workforce or in the skills required, the
elimination or diminution of job opportunities, promotion opportunities,
promotion opportunities or job tenure, the alteration of hours of work, the
need for retraining or transfer of employees to other work or locations and the
restructuring of jobs.
Provided that where the award makes provision for
alteration of any of the matters referred to herein, an alteration shall be
deemed not to have significant effect.
(b) Employer’s
duty to discuss change -
(1) The employer
shall discuss with the employees affected and the union to which they belong,
inter alia, the introduction of the changes referred to in paragraph (a) above,
the effects the changes are likely to have on employees and measures to avert
or mitigate the adverse effects of such changes on employees, and shall give
prompt consideration to matters raised by the employees and/or the union in
relation to the changes.
(2) The discussion
shall commence as early as practicable after a definite decision has been made
by the employer to make the changes referred to in paragraph (a) of this
clause.
(3) For the
purpose of such discussion, the employer shall provide to the employees
concerned and the union to which they belong all relevant information about the
changes including the nature of the changes proposed, the expected effects of
the changes on employees and any other matters likely to affect employees
provided that any employer shall not be required to disclose confidential
information the disclosure of which would adversely affect the employer.
(iii) Redundancy
-
(a) Discussions
before terminations
(1) Where an
employer has made a definite decision that the employer no longer wishes the
job the employee has been doing done by anyone pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) of
paragraph (a) of subclause (ii) of above and that decision may lead to the
termination of employment, the employer shall hold discussions with the
employees directly affected and with the union to which they belong.
(2) The
discussions shall take place as soon as is practicable after the employer has
made a definite decision which will invoke the provision of sub-paragraph (i)
of this subclause and shall cover, inter alia, any reasons for the proposed
terminations, measures to avoid or minimise the terminations and measures to
mitigate any adverse effects of any termination of the employees concerned.
(3) For the
purposes of the discussion the employer shall, as soon as practicable, provide
to the employees concerned and the union to which they belong, all relevant
information about the proposed terminations including the reasons for the
proposed terminations, the number and categories of employees likely to be
affected, and the number of workers normally employed and the period over which
the terminations are likely to be carried out.
Provided that any employer shall not be required to disclose
confidential information the disclosure of which would adversely affect the
employer.
(iv) Termination
of Employment -
(a) Notice of
Changes in Production, Programme, Organisation or Structure - This subclause
sets out the notice provisions to be applied to terminations by the employer
for reasons arising from "production", "programme",
"organisation" or "structure" in accordance with subclause
(ii) (a) above award.
(1) In order to
terminate the employment of an employee the employer shall give to the employee
the following notice:
Period of
Continuous Service
|
Period of Notice
|
|
|
Less than 1 year
|
1 week
|
1 year and less than 3 years
|
2 weeks
|
3 years and less than 5 years
|
3 weeks
|
5 years and over
|
4 weeks
|
(2) In addition to
the notice above, employees over 45 years of age at the time of the giving of
the notice with not less than two years continuous service, shall be entitled
to an additional week’s notice.
(3) Payment in
lieu of the notice above shall be made if the appropriate notice period is not
given. Provided that employment may be
terminated by part of the period of notice specified and part payment in lieu
thereof.
(b) Notice for
Technological Change - This subclause sets out the notice provisions to be
applied to terminations by the employer for reasons arising from
"technology" in accordance with subclause (ii) (a) (1) above:
(1) In order to termination
the employment of an employee the employer shall give to the employee 3 months
notice of termination.
(2) Payment in
lieu of the notice above shall be made if the appropriate notice period is not
given. Provided that employment may be
terminated by part of the period of notice specified and part payment in lieu
thereof.
(3) The period of
notice required by this subclause to be given shall be deemed to be service
with the employer for the purposes of the Long Service Leave Act, 1955,
the Annual Holidays Act 1944, or any Act amending or replacing either of
these Acts.
(c) Time off
During The Notice Period -
(1) During the
period of notice of termination given by the employer, an employee shall be
allowed up to one day’s time off without loss of pay during each week of
notice, to a maximum of five weeks, for the purposes of seeking other
employment.
(2) If the
employee has been allowed paid leave for more than one day during the notice
period for the purpose of seeking other employment, the employee shall, at the
request of the employer, be required to produce proof of attendance at an
interview or the employee shall not receive payment for the time absent.
(d) Employee
Leaving During the Notice Period - If the employment of an employee is terminated
(other than for misconduct) before the notice period expires, the employee
shall be entitled to the same benefits and payments under this clause had the
employee remained with the employer until the expiry of such notice. Provided that in such circumstances the
employee shall not be entitled to payment in lieu of notice.
(e) Statement of
Employment - The employer shall, upon receipt of a request from an employee
whose employment has been terminated provide to the employee a written
statement specifying the period of the employee’s employment and the
classification of or the type of work performed by the employee.
(f) Notice to
Commonwealth Employment Service - Where a decision has been made to terminate
employees, the employer shall notify the Commonwealth Employment Service
thereof as soon as possible giving relevant information including the number
and categories of the employees likely to be affected and the period over which
the terminations are intended to be carried out.
(g) Department of
Social Security Employment Separation Certificate - The employer shall upon
receipt of a request from an employee whose employment has been terminated
provided to the employee an "Employment Separation Certificate" in
the form required by the Department of Social Security.
(h) Transfer to
lower paid duties - Where an employee is transferred to lower paid duties for
reasons set out in paragraph (a) of subclause (ii) above, the employee shall be
entitled to the same period of notice of transfer as the employee would have
been entitled to if the employee’s employment had been terminated, and the
employer may at the employer’s option make payment in lieu thereof of an amount
equal to the difference between the former ordinary time rate of pay and the
new ordinary time rates for the number of weeks of notice still owing.
(v) Severance
Pay -
(a) Where an
employee is to be terminated pursuant to subclause (iv) above, subject to
further order of the Industrial Relations Commission, the employer shall pay
the following severance pay in respect of a continuous period of service:
(1) If an employee
is under 45 years of age, the employer shall pay in accordance with the
following scale:
Under 45 Years of
Age
|
Years of Service
Age Entitlement
|
|
|
Less than 1 year
|
Nil
|
1 year and less than 2 years
|
4 weeks
|
2 years and less than 3 years
|
7 weeks
|
3 years and less than 4 years
|
10 weeks
|
4 years and less than 5 years
|
12 weeks
|
5 years and less than 6 years
|
14 weeks
|
6 years and over
|
16 weeks
|
(2) Where an
employee is 45 years old or over, the entitlement shall be in accordance with
the following scale:
Years of Service
|
45 Years of Age and
Over Entitlement
|
|
|
Less than 1 year
|
Nil
|
1 year and less than 2 years
|
5 weeks
|
2 years and less than 3 years
|
8.75 weeks
|
3 years and less than 4 years
|
12.5 weeks
|
4 years and less than 5 years
|
15 weeks
|
5 years and less than 6 years
|
17.5 weeks
|
6 years and over
|
20 weeks
|
(3) ‘Weeks Pay’
means the all purpose rate of pay for the employee concerned at the date of
termination, and shall include, in addition to the ordinary rate of pay, over
award payments, shift penalties and allowances provided for in the relevant
award.
(b) Incapacity to
Pay - Subject to an application by the employer and further order of the
Industrial Relations Commission, an employer may pay a lesser amount (or no
amount) of severance pay than that contained in paragraph (a) above.
The Industrial Relations Commission shall have regard
to such financial and other resources of the employer concerned as the
Industrial Relations Commission thinks relevant, and the probable effect paying
the amount of severance pay in subclause (i) above will have on the employer.
(c) Alternative
Employment - Subject to an application by the employer and further order of the
Industrial Relations Commission, an employer may pay a lesser amount (or no
amount) of severance pay than that contained in paragraph (a) above if the
employer obtains acceptable alternative employment for an employee.
(vi) Savings
Clause - Nothing in this award shall be construed so as to require the
reduction or alteration of more advantageous benefits or conditions which an
employee may be entitled to under any existing redundancy arrangement, taken as
a whole, between the union and any employer bound by this award.
19. Termination of
Employment
Subject to the provisions of subclause 13.2, and clauses 14,
Abandonment of Employment and 16, Stand down of Employees, the following
provisions relating to termination shall apply:
19.1 Notice of
termination by employer -
19.1.1 In order to
terminate the employment of an employee the employer shall give to the employee
the following notice:
Period of continuous service
|
Period of notice
|
|
|
Up to 1 year
|
At least 1 week
|
More than 1 year and up to the completion of 3 years
|
At least 2 weeks’
|
More than 3 years and up to the completion of 5 years
|
At least 3 weeks’
|
More than 5 years
|
At least 4 weeks’
|
19.1.2 In addition to
the notice in 19.1.1 hereof, employees over 45 years of age at the time of the
giving of the notice with not less than two years’ continuous service, shall be
entitled to an additional week’s notice.
19.1.3 Payment in lieu
of the notice prescribed in 19.1.1 and/or 19.1.2 hereof shall be made if the
appropriate notice period is not given.
Provided that employment may be terminated by part of the period of
notice specified and part payment in lieu thereof.
19.1.4 In calculating
any payment in lieu of notice, the wages an employee would have received in
respect of the ordinary time the employee would have worked during the period
of notice had employment not been terminated shall be used.
19.1.5 The period of
notice in this clause shall not apply in the case of dismissal for conduct that
justifies instant dismissal, including malingering, inefficiency or neglect of
duty, or in the case of casual employees, pieceworkers, special workers,
support staff, apprentice or employees engaged for a specific period of time or
for a specific task or tasks.
19.1.6 For the purposes
of this clause, continuity of service shall be calculated in the manner
prescribed by 35.4 of this award.
19.2 Notice of
termination by employee -
19.2.1 The notice of
termination required to be given by an employee shall be the same as that
required of any employer, save and except that there shall be no additional
notice based on the age of the employee concerned.
19.2.2 If an employee
fails to give notice, the employer has the right to withhold moneys due to the
employee with a maximum amount equal to the ordinary time rate of pay for the
period of notice
.
19.3 Time off
during notice period - Where an employer has given notice of termination to an
employee, an employee shall be allowed up to one day’s time off without loss of
pay for the purpose of seeking other employment. The time off shall be taken at
times that are convenient to the employee after consultation with the employer.
19.4 Transport of
employees on termination of employment - Where means of transport to the bush
or bush sawmills is provided by the employer, on the termination of service of
an employee, the employee, the employee’s family and goods and chattels shall
be transported within 48 hours of receipt by the employer of notice that such
transport is required, and the employee shall be reimbursed the cost of such
transport if not provided by the employer. But an employee shall not be
entitled to free transport on a route along which the public is regularly
transported for payment; on the other hand the employee shall not be charged a
rate on such route in excess of that regularly charged to the public.
PART E ¾
WAGES AND RELATED MATTERS
20. Wage Rates
20.1 Total wage
rates -
20.1.1 The total wage
rates for persons working under this award are set out in Table 1 of Part I.
20.1.2 Comparative
Table
No. Classification
|
Classification
|
|
Level /Rate Per
|
|
Week
|
I. Assembler
(a) Class A (as
defined) 4
(b) Class B (as
defined0 3
2. Assisting in
Assembler wall frame and roof trusses 2
3. Assemblers
wall and roof trusses 3
4. Assistant in
setting up jig for standard "A" roof trusses 3
5. Axeman
(c) Broad axeman 5
(d) Adzeman 5
(e) Axeman
employed using chopping axe taking off bark and bumps
from logs for use in veneer mills 2
6. Boxes, crates
and/or cases:
(a) Breaking up 2
(b) Cleaning and/or
steaming 2
(c) Spraying
machinist 2
(f) Splicing
machinist 2
(g) Printing
machinist 2
(h) Munitions ¾
ammunition box manufacture ¾ employees not 2
(i) Lacing and
writing machinist 2
(h) Nailing
machinist 2
(i) Multiple
(a) Up to and
including 12 tracks 2
(b) Over 12 tracks 2
(ii) Other 2
(i) Cleating or
stitching machinist 2
(c) Finishing 2
(d) Wire bound box
making machinist 3
(e) Hoop ironing
and/or wiring (bench hand) 3
(f) Making and/or
repairing (manual) 3
(g) Sorting,
crating and/or stacking cardboard boxes and/or cardboard
cases 1
(h) Reconditioning
cardboard boxes and/or cardboard cases 3
(i) Slitter/slotter
maching using cardboard 2
7. Bulk bin
maker 2
8. Cable drum
and/or reel maker, assembler and/or finisher 3
9. Cable drum
nailing machinist, 1 metre and over 3
10. Carpenter
and/or joiner (imported classification)
11. Carpenter, non
trades (as defined)
(inclusive of tool allowance) 4
- Victoria (other than TMA) 4
- South Australia 4
12. Chain saw
operator (other than faller) 3
13. Charcoal wood
cutter 2
14. Chip conveyor
operator 3
15. Chip screen
attendant 3
16. Chip tester 3
17. Crane
attendant or dogperson (imported classification) 3
18. Debarker
operator (a) Mechanical 3
(b) Hydraulic 4
19. Dogger (see
classification 70(f) (6))
20. Driver:
(a) Bullock team,
bush 4
(b) Caterpillar or
similar type of logging tractor engaged in
logging and/or ancillary operations 5
(c) Wheeled or
crawler loader, including loader, fitted with fork, grab,
bucket or splitting
attachment, with lifting capacity:
1. Up to and including 4500 kg 4
2. Over 4500 kg and up to & including 13500 kg 4
3. Over 13500 kg 5
(d) Winch 4
(e) Where two or
more forklifts or cranes are engaged on any one lift the
driver thereof shall be paid $1.55 per day for each day
so occupied
21. Drivers
(Imported Classification)
22. Elevator
and/or piler man in connection with stacking or unstacking timber 2
23. Estimator (as
defined) 5
24. Faller who
works along, selects trees and sharpens own saws 4
25. Faller other 4
26. Faller, head
(as defined) 5
27. Faller, pine
plantation (see classification 64 (a)) 2
28. Firewood
cutter 2
29. Floor surfacer 3
30. Forwarder log
handling machine 5
31. Gatekeeper
(Imported Classifications
32. Glazier
(a) First
class-(Imported Classification)
(b) All others 4
33. Gluer
(a) Edge Band: 4
operator in charge of
(b) High Frequency
Operator in charge 4
34. Grader/timber
(as defined) 3
35. Grinder whose
principal duty is grinding knives and cutters
(a) Tradesman 5
(b) Other 3
36. Immunising or
impregnating plant operator:
(a) Cold borax
pressure treatment 3
(b) Hot borax
non-pressure treatment 3
(c) Copper chrome
arsenate
pressure treatment 4
(d) Hot creosote
pressure treatment (minimum pressure 1380 kpa) 4
37. Kiln operator
(as defined) 4
38. Kiln
supervisor (as defined) 5
39. Labourer,
experienced (as defined) 2
40 Laminated beam
maker:
(a) Responsible
for setting up machine, setting out product and operating machine:
(i) On continuous
process 5
(ii) Other 4
(b) Assistant or
other operator 3
41. Landing
builder or repairer 2
42. Loading or
turning sleepers over 1.5m long 2
43. Log Yard
Utility Person 3
44. Log gantry
operator (South Australia only) 3
45. Logperson,
river (as defined) 2
46. Log cabin
manufacture:
(i) Log preparing
machine operator 4
(ii) Assistant log
preparing machine operator 3
(iii) Module
fabricator 5
47. Log skidder,
pneumatic tyres 5
48. Log yardperson
or skidperson 2
49. Machinist
(Woodworking)
(i) "A"
Grade (as defined) 5
(ii) "B"
Grade (as defined) 3
(iii) "C"
Grade - means an adult employee, other than a tradesperson, operating
any of the following machines, who shall be paid the
wage rate assigned thereto:
(a) Sander,belt
polisher 3
(b) Moulder 3
(c) All other
machines prescribed in "A"
and "B" Grades except the machines
referred to in (a), (b), (e), (f), (k) and 2
(i) of "A" Grade
(d) Borer less than
three spindles 2
(e) Compo machine
moulding (NSW 9 only ) 2
(f) Truss jib
and/or press (other than setting) 2
setting)
50. Mill waste
chipper attendant 3
51. Moulding,
finisher 4
52. Offsider to
forklift driver where offsider is required to work at a height
above 2.7 metres 2
53. Offsider to
logging tractor or bulldozer driver 3
54. Operator employed
on gluing jibs and/or cramps for the laminating of veneers or timber for ribs,
frames or spars for aircraft or marine work and for girders, beams and trusses
for constructional work (except employees covered by Appendix "D") 4
55.
(a) Operator
employed on gluing jibs and/or cramps for laminating, fabricating or assembling
of timber or plywood or veneers or other materials (except covered by
classification 59 or by Appendix "D") 3
(b) Operator of
door and/or panel routing and drilling machine 3
(c)
(i) Operator of
punching and notching machine, preparing metal components to be fitted to doors
and/or panels by mechanical means 2
(ii) Employees
fitting metal components to doors and/ or panels by mechanical
means 3
(d)
(i) Operator of
door and/or panel trimming machine where the
operator is
required to set up such machine and grind the
knives and cutters 5
(ii) Operator of
door and/or panel trimming machine where the operator
is required to grind the knives and cutters 3
(iii) Operator of
door and/or panel trimming machine where the
operator is not required to set up such machine nor to
grind
the knives and cutters 2
(iv) Operator of
tree harvester 4
(v) Operator of
grapple saw 5
(e) Operator -
Woodtex Manufacturing Pty Ltd only
(i) Batching and
mixing plant 4
(ii) Spanlock
press 4
(f) Operator in
charge of wall frame fabricating machine
(i) Computerised
numerically controlled "Hurn/Wadkin" 5
(ii) Manually
controlled (see also classification 1A) 4
(g) Operator in
charge of mechanical stress grader 4
56. Operator of
bucker - limber - buncher machine (LOGMA) 4
57. Operator of
water treatment plant (Harris Daishowa Aust) 3
58. Orderperson
(as defined) 3
59. Orderperson
(a) Class 1 (as
defined) 4
(b) Class 2 (as
defined) 4
60. Order
salesperson 4
61. Pallet maker 3
62. Pine
plantation employees:
(a) Faller 3
(b) Loader trimmer
and employee cutting logs 2
63. Pole dresser
(excluding broad axeman and/or adzeman) 4
64. Pole handler 3
65. Post pointer 2
66. Primer (by any
method) 2
67. Pulpwood
cutter and/or splitter 2
68. Rigger or tree
climber 5
69. Sanitary person 4
70. Sawing
employees
(a) Sawyers:
1. Log band
sawyer 5
2. Log cross cut
circular sawyer (chip industry) 3
3. Sawyer who
breaks down logs and cuts timber to an
accurate size 5
4. Stave cutting
sawyer 4
5. Sawyer who
breaks down logs but does not cut timber to
an accurate size 4
6. Flitching
frame sawyer 3
7. No. 1
Benchperson 5
8. No. 2
Benchperson 4
9. No. 3
Benchperson 3
10. No. 4
Benchperson 2
11. Gang frame
sawyer 3
12. Power driven
crosscut sawyer other than dockerman 3
13. Roller re-cut
band sawyer using blade over 75mm in width 4
14. Roller re-cut
band sawyer using blade not over 75mm in
width if the sawyer is ever required to braze and
sharpen
own saw 4
15. Roller re-cut
band sawyer using blade not over 75mm in
width if not brazing or sharpening own saw 3
16. Circular sawyer
if cutting a depth of or over 190mm 4
17. Circular sawyer
if cutting a depth of under 190 mm 3
18. Edger sawyer to
log band sawyer 4
19. Sawyer who
breaks down small logs over 750mm but under 2.7
metres in length and not over 300mm in diameter but who
does
not cut out planks to finished sizes for use in the
manufacture of
boxes and cases 3
20. Sawyer cutting
timber 75mm or over received from sawyer in
19. hereof 3
21. Sawyer cutting
timber less than 75mm received from sawyer
in 19. and 20. hereof 3
22. Breaking down
small logs not over 750mm long and not over
300mm in diameter for use in the manufacture of boxes
and cases 3
23. Frame sawyer 3
24. Detail band or
jig sawyer if the sawyer is ever required
to braze or
sharpen own saw 4
25. Detail band or
jib sawyer if not brazing or sharpening
saw 3
26. Sawyer cutting
detail 4
27. Sawyer
preparing timber for moulding machine (other than
vertical, flat or deep cutting) 3
28. Cross-cut
sawyer, cabinet, furniture or joinery work 3
29. Cross-cut
sawyer in box and case factories 2
30. Cross-cut
sawyer not provided for elsewhere herein 2
31. Case or box
bench sawyer flatting off up to 51mm in
thickness 2
32. Sawyer using
Symonsen log turner - 20 cents per day additional
to ordinary
rate
33. Edge-truing
multiple sawyer who is required to set up 4
34 Edge-truing
multiple sawyer who is not required to set up 3
35. Edge-truing
multiple sawyer using chipper attachment who
is required to set up 4
36. Edge-truing
multiple sawyer using chipper attachment who
is not required to set up 3
37. Multiple saw
edger hydraulic or air 4
38. Multiple
cross-cut sawyer, excluding dockerman who is
required to set up saws 3
39. Multiple
cross-cut sawyer, excluding dockerman who is
not required to set up saws 2
40. Horizontal band
saw using adjustable table - Vic 4
- S.A. 4
41. Horizontal band
saw not using adjustable table - Vic 3
- S.A. 3
42. Multiple
trimmer operator 3
43. Operator panel
and wall saws 2
(b) Dockerperson
1. Dockerperson
where two or more docking saws:
(i) Responsible
person (as defined) 3
(ii) Other 3
2. Dockerperson
(whether tallying or not) where only one
docking saw 3
3. Docker
computerised (optimiser) 4
4. Docker
automatic 3
(c) Handleperson 3
(d) Header-in
(feeder) re-cut band saw 2
(e) Leverperson 3
(f) Pullers-out:
1. Puller-out No.
1 bench or breast bench on which logs are broken down and timber sawn to
finished sizes:
(i) Single-handed
on dead or manually operated roller 3
(ii) On dead or
manually operated roller where not
single-handed 3
(iii) Power-driven
(other than manual power) or
friction feed 3
2. Puller-out No.
2 bench:
(i) Single-handed
on dead or manually operated
roller 3
(ii) On dead or
manually operated roller where not
single-handed 3
(iii) Power-driven
(other than manual power) or
friction feed 3
3. Puller-out or
assistant No. 3 bench 3
4. Puller-out on
log band saw edging saw, roller re-cut band saw using blade of or over 75mm in
width or circular saw cutting depth of over 190mm 3
5. Puller-out -
circular saw cutting depth of under 190 mm and length over 1.05
metres except on saws flatting off 3
6. Puller-out,
dogger or wedger-up - any breaking down saw 3
7. Puller-out on
log band saw also operates a flitching saw
(Tasmania Board Mills) 4
(g) Setter on saw
carriages 2
(h) Sorter, board
line 3
(i) Mechanical
size operator 3
71. Saw doctor (as
defined) 6
Saw makers:
72.
(a) Sawsmith or
saw hardener and temperer 5
(b) Anvil person,
breaking down 5
(c) Anvil person,
finishing 5
(d) Cutter-or-knife-maker
i.e. an employee required to make a knife
from beginning to end 4
73. Saw
sharpening/Saw maker 4
74. Deleted
75. Shiploader 5
76. Spar or plant
road builder 2
77. Splitting
machine, log, operator 3
78. Spotter at
spot mills 4
79. Spray gun
(paint) operator (one coat other than prime coat) 2
80. Spray gun
(paint) operator (two coats or more) 3
81. Spray painting
machine operator 3
82. Stacker, block
of timber and/or plywood and/or veneer
83. Stacker, for
seasoning by means of stripping ort other recognised method 2
84. Automatic
stacking machine operator 4
85. Storeperson
and/or packer (Imported Classification
86. Tailer-out,
moulder or planing machine: 3
(a) Checking
timber & docking out faults 3
(b) Other 3
87. Tallyperson
(as defined) 3
88. Timber bender
(a) By hand 3
(b) Operating
machine 3
(c) Who selects
timber, improvises own forms and equipment and
equipment and operates machine 4
89. Timber
Traverser Operator 3
90. Tradesperson’s
assistant 3
91. Tree climber
or rigger 5
92. Trellis maker 2
93. Truss, setter
of jig (see also classification 51 (iii) (f) 5
94. Water
dogperson (as defined) 3
95. Weighbride
attendant 5
96. Wood flour bagging
machine operator 3
97. Wood flour
sifting plant operator 4
98. Wood turner,
using hand tools 5
20.1.3 A full
description of the skills and competencies for each skill level are found in
the industry sector appendices in the appendix area of the award.
20.1.4 Employees
working within the skill grade structures of this award are to perform a wider
range of duties including work which is incidental or peripheral to their main
task or functions.
Subject to agreement at the enterprise level, employees
are to undertake training for the wider range of duties and for access to
higher levels.
The parties will not create barriers to advancement of
employees within the award structure or through access to training
20.2 Rates for
apprentices and juniors - The method of calculating the weekly rates for
apprentices and juniors, or the actual rates themselves, are as set out below.
20.2.1 Apprentices -
The minimum rates of weekly wage to be paid to apprentices shall be as follows:
Apprentices (other than Saw Doctor apprentices).
|
Percentage of award rate for
|
Year of apprentice
|
Skill Level 5
|
|
%
|
First
|
50
|
Second
|
60
|
Third
|
75
|
Fourth
|
90
|
20.2.2 Saw doctor apprentices -
|
|
Percentage of award rate for
|
|
Skill Level 6
|
|
%
|
First
|
50
|
Second
|
60
|
Third
|
75
|
Fourth
|
90
|
20.2.2(a) Where
an apprentice is under the age of 21 years on the expiry of the apprenticeship,
the apprentice shall be paid at not less than the adult rate prescribed for the
skill level on which the employee is employed.
20.2.3 Unapprenticed
juniors - The minimum rates of weekly wage to be paid to unapprenticed juniors
shall be as follows:
|
Percentage of
|
Year of age
|
award rate for
|
|
Skill Level 2
|
|
%
|
16
|
40
|
17
|
55
|
18
|
70
|
19
|
85
|
20
|
100
|
20.2.4 Adjustment of
rates for apprentices and juniors - Rates shall be calculated in multiples of 5
cents, amounts of 2 cents or less being taken to the lower multiple and amounts
in excess of 2 cents being taken to the higher multiple.
20.3 Actual rate
of pay - Actual rate of pay is defined as the total amount an employee would
normally receive for performing the employee’s 38 hours of ordinary work.
Provided that such rate shall expressly exclude overtime, penalty rates,
disability allowances, shift allowances, special rates, fares and travelling
time allowance, and any other ancillary payments of a like nature. Provided
further that this definition shall not include production bonuses and other
methods of payment by results which by virtue of their basis of calculation
already produces the results intended by this clause.
20.4 Imported
classifications - The rates of pay prescribed for various classes of
occupations indicated hereunder shall be as prescribed for such classes of
occupation in the locality concerned by the award or determination indicated
hereunder and such rates of pay shall be deemed to be altered in like manner
and from the same operative date whenever any alterations are made to the
relevant rates prescribed for such occupations in the locality concerned by the
award or determination indicated hereunder as in force from time to time.
No Classification
|
Award/Determination
|
3. Carpenter
and/or joiner (inclusive of tool
|
Joiners (State) Award
|
Allowance
|
|
8. Glazier - first
class
|
Glass Workers (State) Award
|
Glass Workers
(State) Award
|
|
13. Storeperson
and/or Packer (NSW)
|
Storeperson and Packers - Not
|
|
Elsewhere Included (State) Award
|
20.5 Piecework and
incentive work -
20.5.1 The total
minimum award rate prescribed by this clause shall not apply to employees remunerated
under any system or method of payment by results and who are subject to the
provisions of clause 23 - Payment by results/incentive work, of this award or
to piecework employees subject to the provisions of 13.6 of this award.
20.5.2 The weekly rates
for the purposes of clause 23, Payment by results/incentive work, or subclause
13.6 of this award, shall be the base rate prescribed herein for the
classification in which the employee is engaged.
20.6 Shifting or
erecting camp - An employee employed in shifting or erecting camp or assisting
therein or in clearing the site for a camp shall be paid at ordinary rates for
the time so employed.
20.7 Wages paid
while travelling and working away - The following applies to weekly employees
(other than bushworkers):
20.7.1 Daily travel -
An employee who on any day or from day to day is required to work at a job away
from the employee’s usual place of work shall, at the direction of the
employer, attend for work at such place at the usual starting time, but for all
time reasonably spent in reaching and returning from such job (in excess of the
time normally spent in travelling from home to the employee’s usual place of
work and returning) shall be paid for such time spent travelling at the rates
outlined in 20.7.3 (a) hereof.
20.7.2 Change of
residence - An employee:
engaged in one locality to work in another; or
sent, other than at the employee’s own request, from
the employee’s usual locality to another for employment which can reasonably be
regarded as permanent;
involving a change of residence shall be paid
travelling time whilst necessarily travelling between such localities for a
period not exceeding three months or in cases where the employee is in the
process of buying a place of residence in the new locality for a period not
exceeding six months.
20.7.3 Travelling time
while on distant work
20.7.3(a) An
employee sent from the usual locality to another (in circumstances other than
those prescribed in 20.7.1 hereof) and who is required to remain away from the
employee’s usual place or abode shall be paid travelling time whilst
necessarily travelling between such localities.
20.7.3(b) The
rate of pay for travelling time shall be ordinary rates, except on Sundays and
holidays when it shall be time and a half. The maximum travelling time to be
paid for shall be twelve hours out of every 24 hours, or where a sleeping berth
is provided by the employer for all-night travel, eight hours out of every 24.
20.7.4 Travelling time
and conditions - bushworkers other than pieceworkers -
20.7.4(a) Each
employee in the bush shall have a fixed starting place which shall be the
existing starting place.
20.7.4(b) New
Starting places in the bush shall be fixed by agreement between the employer
and the employees, as per clause 8 of this award.
20.7.4(c) When
an employee has a fixed starting point in the bush the employee shall be paid
at ordinary rates for all time occupied in travelling between the starting
place and the work and for all the time in excess of half an hour back from the
work to the starting point.
20.8 Arbitrated
safety net adjustments - Subject to 20.5 hereof the arbitrated safety net total
minimum award rate shall be paid for all purposes of this award.
20.8.1 Arbitrated
safety net adjustment - The rates of pay in this Award include the adjustments
payable under the State Wage Case - 2000.
These adjustments may be offset against:
(a) any equivalent
overaward payments; and/or
(b) award wage
increases since 29 May 1991 other than safety net, State Wage Case, and minimum
rates adjustments.
20.9 Time and/or
wage books -
20.9.1 The employer
shall keep at each site covered by this award or at a nearby office which is
part of the employer’s business premises, a time and/or wage book or sheets or
cards.
20.9.2 The wage book
must be consistent with Division 2 of Part 3 of the Industrial Relations
(General) Regulation 1996.
21. Supported Wages
System for Employees With Disabilities
21.1 This clause
defines the conditions which will apply to employees who because of the effects
of a disability are eligible for a supported wage under the terms of this
award. In the context of this clause, the following definitions will apply:
21.1.1 Supported Wage
System means the Commonwealth Government System to promote employment for
people who cannot work at full award wages because of a disability, as
documented in Supported Wage System: Guidelines and Assessment Process.
21.1.2 Accredited
Assessor means a person accredited by the management unit established by the
Commonwealth under the Supported Wage System to perform assessment of an
individual’s productive capacity within the Supported Wage System.
21.1.3 Disability
Support Pension means the Commonwealth pension scheme to provide income
security for persons with a disability as provided under the Social Security
Act 1991, as amended from time to time, or any successor to that scheme.
21.1.4 Assessment
instrument means the form provided for under the Supported Wage System that
records the assessment of the productive capacity of the person to be employed
under the Supported Wage System.
21.2 Eligibility
criteria -
21.2.1 Employees
covered by this clause will be those who are unable to perform the range of
duties to the competence level required within the class of work for which the
employee is engaged under this award, because of the effects of a disability on
their productive capacity and who meet the impairment criteria for receipt of a
Disability Support Pension.
21.2.2 The clause does
not apply to any existing employee who has a claim against the employer which
is subject to the provisions of workers’ rehabilitation legislation or any
provision of this award relating to the rehabilitation of employees who are
injured in the course of their current employment.
21.2.3 This clause does
not apply to employers in respect of their facility, program, undertaking
service or the like which receives funding under the Disability Services Act
1986 and fulfils the dual role of service provider and sheltered employer to
people with disabilities who are in receipt of or are eligible for a disability
support pension, except with respect to an organisation which has received
recognition under s.10 or under s.12A of the Disability Services Act, or
if a part only has received recognition, that part.
21.3 Supported
wage rates -
21.3.1 Employees to
whom this clause applies shall be paid the applicable percentage of the minimum
rate of pay prescribed by this award for the class of work which the person is
performing according the following schedule:
Assessed capacity
|
% of prescribed
award rate
|
(refer to clause
21.4)
|
|
|
|
10%*
|
10%
|
20%
|
20%
|
30%
|
30%
|
40%
|
40%
|
50%
|
50%
|
60%
|
60%
|
70%
|
70%
|
80%
|
80%
|
90%
|
90%
|
Provided that the minimum amount payable shall be not less
that $50 per week.
Where a person’s assessed capacity is 10%, they shall
receive a high degree of assistance and support.
21.4 Assessment of
capacity - For the purpose of establishing the percentage of the award rate to
be paid to an employee under this award, the productive capacity of the
employee will be assessed in accordance with the Supported Wage System and
documented in an assessment instrument by either:
21.4.1 the employer and
a union, where applicable, in consultation with the employee or, if desired by
any of these;
21.4.2 the employer and
an Accredited Assessor from a panel agreed by the parties to the award and the
employee.
21.5 Lodgement of
assessment instrument -
21.5.1 All assessment
instruments under the conditions of this clause, including the appropriate
percentage of the award wage to be paid to the employee, shall be lodged by the
employer with the Registrar of the Industrial Relations Commission.
21.5.2 All assessment
instruments shall be agreed and signed by the parties to the assessment,
provided that where a union, where applicable, is not a party to the
assessment, it shall be referred by the Registrar to the union, where
applicable, by certified mail and shall take effect unless an objection is
notified to the Registrar within ten working days.
21.6 Review of
assessment - The assessment of the applicable percentage should be subject to
annual review or earlier on the basis of a reasonable request for such a
review. The process of review shall be in accordance with the procedures for
assessing capacity under the Supported Wage System.
21.7 Other terms
and conditions of employment - Where an assessment has been made, the
applicable percentage shall apply to the wage rate only. Employees covered by
the provisions of the clause will be entitled to the same terms and conditions
of employment as all other workers covered by this award paid on a pro rata
basis.
21.8 Workplace
adjustment - An employer wishing to employ a person under the provision of this
clause shall take reasonable steps to make changes in the workplace to enhance
the employee’s capacity to do the job. Changes may involve re-design of job
duties, working time arrangements and work organisation in consultation with
other workers in the area.
21.9 Trial period
-
21.9.1 In order for an adequate
assessment of the employee’s capacity to be made, an employer may employ a
person under the provisions of this clause for a trial period not exceeding
twelve weeks, except that in some cases additional work adjustment time (not
exceeding four weeks) may be needed.
21.9.2 During that
trial period the assessment of capacity shall be undertaken and the proposed
wage rate for a continuing employment relationship shall be determined.
21.9.3 The minimum
amount payable to the employee during the trial period shall be no less than
$50 per week.
21.9.4 Work trials
should include induction or training as appropriate to the job being trialled.
21.9.5 Where the
employer and employee wish to establish a continuing employment relationship
following the completion of the trial period, a further contract of employment
shall be entered into based on the outcome of assessment under 21.4 hereof.
22. Training and
Skill Development
22.1 Following
proper consultation in accordance with clause 10, Consultative mechanism and
procedure, which may include the
establishment of a training committee, an employer shall develop a training
program consistent with:
22.1.1 the current and
future skill needs of the enterprise;
22.1.2 the size,
structure and nature of the operations of the enterprise;
22.1.3 the need to
develop vocational skills relevant to the enterprise and the forest and forest
products industry through courses conducted by accredited educational
institutions and providers.
22.2 Where it is
agreed a training committee be established it shall include employer and
employee representatives. The role of the training committee shall be clearly
set out and shall include:
22.2.1 formulation of a
training program and availability of training courses and career opportunities;
22.2.2 recommending
individual employees for training and reclassification; and
22.2.3 monitoring and
advising management and employees regarding the ongoing effectiveness of the
training.
22.3 Where, as a
result of consultation referred to in 22.1 hereof including with the employee
concerned, it is agreed that additional training should be by an employee, that
training may be undertaken either on or off the job. If the training is undertaken during ordinary working hours, the
employee concerned shall not suffer any loss of pay. The employer shall not unreasonably withhold such paid training
leave. This shall not prevent the
employer and employee(s) agreeing to paid leave for other relevant training.
22.4 Any costs
associated with standard fees for prescribed courses and prescribed textbooks
(excluding those textbooks which are available in the employer’s technical
library) incurred in connection with the undertaking of training shall be
reimbursed by the employer upon production of evidence of such
expenditure. Provided that
reimbursement may be on an annual basis subject to the presentation of reports
of satisfactory progress.
22.5 Travel costs
incurred by an employee undertaking training in accordance with this clause
which exceed those normally incurred in travelling to and from work shall be
reimbursed by the employer.
23. Payment By
Results/Incentive Work
23.1 This clause
shall not apply in respect of pieceworkers employed in accordance with
subclause 13.6 of this award.
23.2 Subject to
the employee receiving at least the appropriate award rate for work performed,
an employer may remunerate any weekly employee under any system of payment by
results based on rates which will enable employees of average capacity to earn
at least 12.5% in excess of the appropriate weekly base rate. Such employees
shall be termed incentive workers for the purposes of this award.
23.3 Where an
employee works part of a full week at incentive worker rates and part at time
rates, the employee shall be paid so much as is entitled to receive for work as
an incentive worker and the proportionate amount to which the employee is
entitled under this award for work at the appropriate award time rates of pay.
23.4 The union,
where applicable, may apply to the Industrial Relations Commission of New South
Wales for correction or regulation of any rate or rates payable to incentive
workers under any system of payment by results.
23.5 An employee
who works as an incentive worker shall be paid as follows for such work outside
the ordinary hours fixed in accordance with clause 27 - Hours - day work, of
this award:
23.5.1 Where time and a
half is payable to time workers, half the appropriate award time rate in
addition to incentive rates for work performed.
23.5.2 Where double
time is payable to time workers, appropriate award time rate in addition to
incentive rates for work performed.
23.5.3 Where double
time and a half is payable to time workers, time and a half appropriate award
time rate in addition to incentive rates for work performed.
23.6 An incentive
worker shall be paid at the appropriate award rate when entitled to payment for
a public holiday on which the employee is not required to work and at the same
rate when entitled to sick leave, bereavement leave or jury service leave. Payment for annual leave shall be at the
rate prescribed by subclause 35.11 of this award.
24. Payment of Wages
24.1 All wages
shall be paid weekly except where agreement is reached between the employer and
the majority of employees in the workplace, when wages may be paid weekly,
fortnightly or four weekly. Agreement in this respect may also be reached
between the employer and an individual employee.
24.2 Method of
payment
24.2.1 By agreement
between the employer and the majority of employees in the workplace, wages
shall either be paid by cash, cheque or electronic funds transfer into the
employee’s bank (or other recognised financial institution). Agreement in this
respect may also be reached between the employer and an individual employee.
24.2.2 Where it is
agreed that wages shall be paid via electronic funds transfer (EFT) to the
employee’s bank account, wages shall be made available for employee’s
withdrawal no later than the close of business, from the nominated bank, on the
day such wages are due.
24.3 Absences from
duty -
24.3.1 Where the method
of payment involves an averaging of payments, an employee absent from duty
other than on annual leave, long service leave, public holidays, paid sick
leave, workers’ compensation, bereavement leave, jury service, or any paid
absence authorised by the employer, shall for each day so absent lose average
pay for that day calculating by dividing the average weekly wage rate by five.
24.3.2 An employee who
is so absent from duty for part of a day shall lose average pay for each hour
or part thereof the employee is absent calculated at the employee’s hourly
rate.
24.4 Time of
payment -
24.4.1 Wages shall be
paid not later than two days following the expiration of the pay period and in
any case not later than Friday.
24.4.2 Where wages
payable in cash are not paid during working hours and the majority of employees
request payment of wage during the meal break or crib time then such payment of
wages shall be made during such meal break or crib time.
24.5 Late payment
- Where an employee is kept waiting for wages for more than fifteen minutes
after ceasing time on any pay day or for more than fifteen or 30 minutes as the
case may be as provided in 24.8 hereof, the employee shall be paid at overtime
rates for three hours or until the hour of payment, whichever shall first occur
if payment be made on the day of default and if payment be not made on that day
shall in addition be paid at overtime rates for all ordinary working hours
between the end of the day of default, and the day of payment provided that
this penalty shall not exceed payment as for 38 hours.
24.6 Details of
pay - On or prior to pay day the employer shall state to each employee in
writing the following information:
• day of
payment;
• period
covered by such payment;
• the amount of
wages for work at ordinary rates;
• the number of
hours paid at overtime rates and the amount paid;
• the nature
and amount of all allowances paid;
• the nature
and amount of deductions;
• any annual
leave, public holidays or sick leave payments; and:
• the gross and
net amount of moneys paid.
24.7 Payment of
average pay on termination of employment - In the case where by virtue of the
arrangement of the ordinary hours of work, an employee is entitled to a
rostered day off during the work cycle and who is paid average pay and who has
not taken the day off due to the employee during the work cycle in which the
employment is terminated, the wages due to that employee shall include the
total of credits accrued during the work cycle. Where the employee has taken a
day off during the work cycle in which the employment is terminated, the wages
due to that employee shall be reduced by the total of credits which have not
accrued during the work cycle.
24.8 Payment of
wages upon termination -
24.8.1 Upon termination
of the employment after the prescribed period of notice of termination has been
given by either the employer, or the employee or where the period of notice is
dispensed with in accordance with the provisions of 19.1 of this award, all
moneys which are legally due shall be paid to the employee at the usual place
of payment within fifteen minutes of the ceasing time on the day of termination
of the employment, provided that if the usual place of payment be at the work
in the bush, then such payment shall be made within 30 minutes of the usual
ceasing time on the day of the termination of the employment at the usual place
of payment.
24.8.2 Should the
employment be otherwise terminated the employer may retain any moneys legally
due to the employee no later than the expiration of the pay period.
25. Allowances
In addition to the weekly rates set out in clause 20 - Wage
rates of this award, the following allowances shall be paid:
25.1 Submerged timber
- Employees carrying off rafts or sunken punts or carrying or handling on any
raft, punt, wharf or dump, timber which has recently been submerged and is in a
wet condition therefrom shall be paid an allowance as set out in Item 1 of
Table 2 of Part I of this award.
25.2 Charred
timber - Employees handling or cutting charred timber shall be paid a minimum
allowance as set out in Item 2 of Table 2 of Part I of this award in excess of
their actual rate of pay when the disabilities associated with handling or
cutting such timber are unusually dirty or objectionable.
25.3 Collecting
moneys - Employees who are required to collect moneys (excluding not negotiable
cheques), on behalf of the employer and/or the employer’s client upon delivery
of goods shall be paid the collecting moneys allowance prescribed by the
Transport Industry (State) Award.
25.4 Motor vehicle
allowance -
25.4.1 An employee who,
by agreement with the employer, uses the employee’s own motor vehicle on the
employer’s business shall be paid a motor vehicle allowance as set out in Item
3 of Table 2 or Part I of this award.
25.4.2 Where an
employee uses the employee’s own motor vehicle with the approval of the
employer for travelling to and from a job away from the usual place of work the
employee shall be paid the motor vehicle allowance prescribed by 25.4.1 hereof
in respect of the distance by which the trip exceeds the distance that the
employee normally travels in going to and from the usual place of work.
25.5 Meals and
meal allowances - day workers -
25.5.1 An employee
required to work overtime for two hours or more without being notified the day
before that the employee will be so required to work shall either be supplied
with a meal by the employer or paid an allowance as set out in Item 4 of Table
2 of Part I of this award for the first meal and for each subsequent meal after
each further four hours’ overtime where the employee is required to continue
working after each four hours but such payment need not be made to employees
living in the same locality as their place of employment who can reasonably
return home for meals.
25.5.2 Unless the
employer advises an employee on the previous day that the amount of overtime to
be worked will necessitate the partaking of a second or subsequent meal (as the
case may be) the employer shall provide such second and/or subsequent meals or
make payment in lieu thereof as above prescribed.
25.5.3 If an employee
pursuant to notice has provided a meal or meals and is not required to work
overtime or is required to work less than the amount advised the employee shall
be paid as above prescribed for the meal or meals provided.
25.6 Meals and
meal allowances - shift workers -
25.6.1 An employee
required to work overtime for two hours or more without being notified the day
before that the employee will be so required to work shall either be supplied
with a meal by the employer or paid an allowance as set out in Item 4 of Table
2 of Part I of this award for the first meal and for each subsequent meal after
each further four hours’ overtime where the employee is required to continue
working after each four hours but such payment need not be made to employees
living in the same locality as their place of employment who can reasonably
return home for meals.
25.6.2 Unless the
employer advises an employee on the previous day that the amount of overtime to
be worked will necessitate the partaking of a second or subsequent meal (as the
case may be) the employer shall provide such second and/or subsequent meals or
make payment in lieu thereof as above prescribed.
25.6.3 If an employee
pursuant to notice has provided a meal or meals and is not required to work
overtime or is required to work less than the amount advised the employee shall
be paid as above prescribed for the meal or meals provided.
25.7 Camping
allowance - An employee who is required by the employer to camp shall be paid a
camping allowance as set out in Item 5 of Table 2 of Part I of this award for
each working day on which the employee camps as aforesaid with a maximum
payment per week as set out in Item 6 of Table 2 in Part I of this award.
Provided that an employee working with other employees not covered by this
award will be paid the camping allowance (if any) prescribed by the award,
order or determination (federal or State) for the majority of such employees.
25.8 Allowance for
first aid employees -
25.8.1 In factories,
shops, workshops or places where an employer has appointed an employee who
holds a certificate as a first aid attendant an additional allowance as set out
in Item 7 of table 2 of Part I of this award for each week in which three days
or more have been worked shall be paid to such employee and such amount shall
be payable in addition to any amounts paid for annual leave, sick leave and
public holidays provided that this allowance shall not be subject to any
premium or penalty additions.
25.8.2 Provided that
nothing in this clause shall be taken as meaning that an employer shall be
required to make such an appointment.
25.9 Leading hands
- In addition to the award rate prescribed by this award, a leading hand
supervising two to six employees shall be paid an allowance as set out in Item
8 of Table 2 of Part I of this award and for more than six employees an
allowance as set out in Item 9 of Table 2 of Part I of this award..
25.10 Damage to
clothing, tools and other items - Compensation must be made to the extent of
any damage sustained where in the course of the work clothing, tools,
spectacles, hearing aids and dentures are damaged or destroyed by fire or
corrosive substance. Provided that the
employer’s liability in respect of tools shall be limited to such tools of
trade as are ordinarily required for the performance of the employee’s duties.
Provided further that this clause shall not apply to an employee who is
entitled to compensation under any workers compensation or any other Act in
respect of damage to clothing or tools, spectacles, hearing aids and dentures.
25.11 Protective
clothing, footwear and covering -
25.11.1 Allowance
for the supply of clothing - If an employee is required to work in the rain or
in wet conditions, the employer will reimburse employees the cost of suitable
wet weather, waterproof clothing with suitable wet weather footwear, and the
replacement cost on a wear and tear basis to such employee. The provisions of this paragraph do not
apply where the above clothing and footwear are provided by the employer.
25.11.2 The
employer will reimburse employees the cost of protective headwear for all
employees employed in or in connection with falling or logging operations in
the bush or while working under overhead cranes. The provisions of this
paragraph do not apply where such protective headwear are provided by the
employer.
25.11.3 For
an employee who is required to handle wet or chemically treated timber, glue
and glued materials, and painted materials the employer will reimburse
employees the cost of such protective footwear and suitable protective clothing
including gloves and apron. The provisions of this paragraph do not apply where
the above clothing and footwear are provided by the employer.
25.11.4 For
an employee who is required to carry bags of cement or who handles timber by
hand the employer will reimburse employees the cost of suitable protective
clothing such as an protective apron and gloves. The provisions of this
paragraph do not apply where the above clothing are provided by the employer
25.11.5 For
Saw sharpeners, Saw doctors or Saw doctor apprentice, the employer will
reimburse such employees the cost of two pairs of overalls per annum. The
provisions of this paragraph do not apply where the above clothing is provided
by the employer.
25.12 Allowance for
the supply of safety footwear -
25.12.1 The
employer will reimburse employees the cost of one pair of safety boots/shoes to
each employee and thereafter on a replacement basis the cost of such footwear.
The provisions of this paragraph do not apply where the above protective
footwear is provided by the employer.
25.12.2 The
terms of this clause will not apply to an employee in circumstances where by
the relevant legislation or applicable safety standard the nature of work
performed by the employee does not warrant the wearing of safety footwear.
25.13 Case hardened
glasses - The employer will reimburse an employee who requires prescription
lenses to be case hardened the amount necessary to have the prescription lenses
case hardened.
25.14 Protective
gloves - Where an employee is performing manual tasks, such as the handling of
timber, metal, cable or other materials, the employer will reimburse such
employees for the cost of protective gloves. The provisions of this paragraph
do not apply where the above gloves are provided by the employer.
25.15 Special
transport of injured - In the event of an injury to an employee requiring
medical attention that cannot be provided by the employer or on the employer’s
premises, the employer will reimburse the employee the cost of transporting
such employee to the nearest hospital or doctor at which or by whom the
employee is to be treated, if such transport is not provided by the employer.
25.16 Mixed
functions allowance -
25.16.1 An
employee engaged for more than two hours during one day or shift on duties
carrying a higher minimum rate of wage than that at which the employee is
usually employed, the employer will pay an allowance to ensure that the
employee will receive remuneration equal to the higher rate for the time so
worked.
25.16.2 For
the purpose of this clause the work carrying a higher rate need not be
performed during a continuous period but shall be based on the aggregate of the
time worked during a particular day or shift.
25.16.3 Where
an employee is transferred, without having received at least seven days’
written notice, to a grade of work carrying a lower minimum rate of wage than
that at which the employee is usually employed, the employee shall be paid
during such seven days or any less time so employed, the rate of wage the
employee was receiving for the work usually performed.
25.17 Travel
expenses - The following apply to weekly employees:
25.17.1 Work
away from usual place of employment - An employee who on any day or from day to
day is required to work at a job away from the employee’s usual place of work
shall at the direction of the employer attend for work at such place at the
usual starting time and will be reimbursed for any fares reasonably incurred in
excess of those normally incurred in travelling between the employee’s home and
usual place of work.
25.17.2 Change
or residence - An employee:
engaged in one locality to work in another; or
sent, other than at the employee’s own request, from
the employee’s usual locality to another for employment which can reasonably be
regarded as permanent;
involving a change of residence shall be reimbursed,
whilst necessarily travelling between such localities, for expenses for a
period not exceeding three months or in cases where the employee is in the
process of buying a place of residence in the new locality for a period not
exceeding six months. Provided that such reimbursement of expenses shall cease
after the employee has taken up permanent residence or abode at the new
location.
25.17.3 Expenses
while on distant work - An employee sent from the usual locality to another (in
circumstances other than those prescribed in 25.17.1 hereof) and who is
required to remain away from the employee’s usual place or abode shall whilst
necessarily travelling between such localities be reimbursed expenses whilst so
absent from the usual locality.
25.17.4 Definition
of expenses - Expenses for the purpose of this clause means:
all fares reasonably incurred;
reasonable expenses incurred whilst travelling shall
include the meal allowance as prescribed in 25.5 and 25.6 hereof;
an allowance to cover the cost incurred for reasonable
board and lodging.
25.18 Accident pay -
25.18.1 From
the commencement of this award should an employee meet with an accident at the
place of employment and is subject to and qualifies for compensation under the Workers'
Compensation Act 1987, such employee shall have the amount received by way
of compensation increased by the employer to the amount of the usual award
weekly rate ruling at the time of such accident. The payment made by the employer shall be limited to a maximum
period of 39 weeks.
25.18.2 For
the purpose of this clause place of employment to a weekly employee shall
include on the way to work and on the way home from work.
25.18.3 For
the purpose of this clause a casual employee’s "place of employment"
shall include travelling directly from or to their place of employment.
25.18.4 Casual
employees make-up pay shall be based on the number of hours worked per week
over the last month, with the present employer, or if less than one month the
average for the time worked. The amount
to be paid is the normal weekly rate of pay.
26. Superannuation
26.1 Definitions -
In this clause, unless the contrary intention appears:
26.1.1 Employee means
an employee who is eligible to be a member of the union.
26.1.2 The Fund shall
mean:
26.1.2(a) the
Timber Industry Superannuation Scheme (TISS), as amended from time to time, and
includes any superannuation scheme which may be made in succession thereto; or
26.1.2(b) an
alternative superannuation scheme existing within a company conforming to the
Commonwealth Government’s operational standards for occupational superannuation
and which is agreed to by the union, where applicable. The union, where applicable, will not unreasonably
withhold its agreement to any such scheme being recognised; or
26.1.2(c) The
Australian Superannuation Savings Employment Trust (A.S.S.E.T.) as established
by Trust Deed and Rules on 14 October 1987.
Any dispute arising in relation to this issue shall be
referred to the Industrial Relations Commission of New South Wales for
determination.
26.1.3 Ordinary time
earnings means the award classification rate (including supplementary payments
where relevant), overaward payments and shiftwork loadings (where relevant). In
relation to piecework employees, ordinary time earnings shall mean the base
rate plus 25%.
26.1.4 Union means the
Construction, Forestry, Mining and Energy Union.
26.2 Employer
contribution to superannuation -
26.2.1 Subject to
26.2.1(d) hereof an employer bound by this award shall contribute to the Fund
in respect of each employees as follows:
26.2.1(a) Superannuation
legislation
26.2.1(a)(i) As
from 1 July 1992, contribution payments for full-time adults, part-time
employees, juniors and apprentices and casual employees will be in accordance
with superannuation legislation.
26.2.1(a)(ii) The
subject of superannuation is dealt with extensively by legislation including
the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992, the Superannuation
Guarantee Charge Act 1992, the Superannuation Industry (Supervision) Act
1993 and the Superannuation (Resolution of Complaints Act 1993. The
legislation, varied from time to time, governs the superannuation rights and
obligations of the parties.
26.2.1(b) Payment
of contributions - Contributions under this clause are to be determined in
respect of the pay period ending in a calendar month and become due and payable
on the last day of that calendar month and shall be forwarded to the
administrators of the Fund not later than fourteen days after the end of the
month or in accordance with the administration arrangements applying to the
Fund generally.
26.2.1(c) Proof
of contributions - The amount of contributions paid in accordance with
26.2.1(a) hereof will be included in pay advice notices provided by the
employer to each employee or in a manner to be agreed in writing between the
employer and the employee.
26.2.1(d) Nothing
in this award will require any employer to contribute to the Fund in respect of
an employee:
26.2.1(d)(i) in
respect of whom the SGA does not require that the contributions be paid; or
26.2.1(d)(ii) an
amount greater than the amount an employer would be required to pay in respect
of that employee under the SGA.
26.3 Unpaid
absences -
26.3.1 An employer shall
not be required to make a contribution on behalf of an employee who is absent
from work without pay and the employer’s contribution in any week on behalf of
such an employee will be reduced by a proportionate amount.
26.3.2 An employee who
is absent from work:
26.3.2(a) due to
a compensable work related injury as determined by the relevant State
Legislation; and
26.3.2(b) for an
aggregate period not exceeding 39 weeks for any one injury such absence will be
a paid absence for the purpose of this award.
26.4 Employee
contributions -
26.4.1 Subject to the
rules of the Fund, employees of a respondent employer who may wish to make
contributions to the Fund additional to those being paid pursuant to 26.2.1(a)
of this award, shall be entitled to do so. Such employees may either forward
their own contribution directly to the Fund Administrators or, where it is
practicable to do so, authorise the employer to pay into the Fund from the
employee’s wages, amounts specified by the employee.
26.4.2 Additional employee
contributions to the Fund forwarded by the employer at the employee’s request
shall be subject to the following conditions:
26.4.2(a) The
amount of contribution shall be expressed in whole dollars.
26.4.2(b) Employees
shall have the right to adjust the level of contribution made on their own
behalf from the first of the month following the giving of three months’
written notice to the employer. Provided that by agreement with the employer,
employees may vary their additional contribution in extenuating circumstances
at other times.
26.5 Employer
bound by other schemes -
26.5.1 If at any time,
after the commencement of this award, the employer becomes bound by an award of
any industrial tribunal or by a registered industrial agreement or by
legislation to contribute to another superannuation scheme other than the Fund,
then the employer’s liability to make employer contributions in respect of that
eligible employee shall be reduced by the amount of the contribution the
employer makes or is required by the award or registered industrial agreement
or legislation to make to the other scheme from the date the employer makes or
becomes bound to make payments to the other scheme.
26.5.2 Any disputes in
relation to this clause will be referred to the Industrial Relations Commission
of New South Wales for determination.
PART F ¾ HOURS OF WORK, BREAKS, OVERTIME, SHIFT WORK, WEEKEND
WORK
27. Hours ¾ Day
Work
27.1 Ordinary
hours of work -
27.1.1 Ordinary hours
of work shall be worked as provided for in clause 8, Facilitative provisions,
of this award or, in the absence of agreement, between the hours of 6.30 a.m.
and 6.00 p.m. Monday to Friday in one of the following manners:
27.1.1(a) 38
hours within a work cycle of one week;
27.1.1(b) 76
hours within a work cycle of two weeks;
27.1.1(c) 114
hours within a work cycle of three weeks; or
27.1.1(d) 152
hours within a work cycle of four weeks.
Different methods of implementation of a 38-hour week
may apply to various groups or sections of employees in the establishment
concerned.
27.1.2 Where employees
are employed in a mixed industry (as defined) their hours of work shall be
uniform with those prevailing in such industry.
27.1.3 Where agreement
exists through the consultative process established under clause 8¾
Facilitative provisions, of this award the ordinary hours of work can be worked
on any day of the week, Saturday and Sunday inclusive.
27.1.4 The usual
starting and finishing time once fixed may be altered in accordance with clause
8 ¾
Facilitative provisions, of this award.
27.2 Rate for
ordinary hours on Saturday and Sunday - Ordinary hours of work performed on a
Saturday shall be paid for at time and a half and on a Sunday at double time.
27.3 Hours for
watchpersons -
27.3.1 A watchperson
may be employed on the basis of 152 hours in a four week cycle provided that
not more than 48 hours may be worked in any one week or 80 hours in a fortnight
without payment for overtime.
27.3.2 Subclause 27.1
hereof shall not apply to a watchperson.
27.4 Rostered days
off -
27.4.1 Notwithstanding
provisions elsewhere in the award, the employer and the majority of employees
at an enterprise may agree, as provided for in 8 - Facilitative provisions, of
this award to establish a system of RDO to provide that:
27.4.1(a) An
employee may elect, with the consent of the employer, to take a rostered day
off at any time.
27.4.1(b) An
employee may elect, with the consent of the employer, to take rostered days off
in part day amounts.
27.4.1(c) An
employee may elect, with the consent of the employer, to accrue some or all
rostered days off for the purpose of creating a bank to be drawn upon by the
employee at times mutually agreed by the employer, or subject to reasonable
notice by the employee or the employer.
27.4.2 Subclause 27.4.1
hereof is subject to the employer informing each union which has members
employed at the particular enterprise of its intention to introduce an
enterprise system of RDO flexibility, and providing a reasonable opportunity
for the union, where applicable, to participate in negotiations.
27.4.3 Once a decision
has been taken to introduce an enterprise system of RDO flexibility, in
accordance with this clause, its terms must be set out in the time and wages
records kept pursuant to Regulations 131A - 131R of the Industrial Relations
Regulations.
27.4.4 An employer
shall record RDO arrangements in the time and wages book as prescribed in 20.9
of this award and inspection of this award, at each time this provision is
used.
27.5 Notice of
rostered days off - In cases where, by virtue of the arrangement of the
ordinary hours of work, an employee is entitled to a rostered day off during
the work cycle, such employee shall be advised by the employer at least four
weeks in advance of the day to be taken off by written notice posted by the
employer on the notice board.
27.6 Flexibility
in relation to rostered days off - By agreement between the employer and an
employee rostered days off may be accumulated (banked) up to a maximum of five
days and shall be entitled to be taken in a manner agreed upon between the
employer and the employee prior to the first of such days accumulating.
27.7 Rostered days
off - substitute days
27.7.1 Rostered day off
not to coincide with holiday - In cases where, by virtue of the arrangement of
the ordinary hours of work, the employee is entitled to a day off during the
work cycle, the weekday to be taken off shall not coincide with a holiday fixed
in accordance with clause 41 - Public holidays, of this award.
27.7.2 Substitute days
-
27.7.2(a) An
employer and an employee or the majority of employees may by agreement as
provided for in 8, Facilitative provisions, of this award, substitute the day
the employee or employees concerned are to take off during a work cycle for another
day.
27.7.2(b) An
apprentice who is required to attend trade school on a rostered day off shall
be entitled to a substitute day as soon as practicable following the attendance
at trade school.
27.7.3 Work on a
rostered day off - Unless a rostered day off is substituted for another day off
in accordance with 27.6 and 27.7.2 hereof work performed on the rostered day
off will be paid in accordance with clause 29, Overtime, Saturday, Sunday and
holiday payments - day work.
27.8 Rostered days
off and averaging of pay -
27.8.1 For enterprises
implementing a system of RDOs based on a nineteen day month consistent with
this clause or in an enterprise where RDOs based on a nineteen day month exist
the following system of averaging pay will apply:
27.8.1(a) Averaging
of pay over four weeks for all ordinary hours worked so that in the week during
which an employee takes a rostered day off there is no reduction in pay.
27.8.1(b) Under
this system each person works eight ordinary hours of work each day for nineteen
days in any four-week cycle. An amount of pay equivalent to 0.4 hours of pay is
"held over" for each day an employee is at work or absent from work
on paid leave such as sick leave, workers compensation, bereavement leave, jury
service or public holidays. This amount will be used to pay for the RDO during
the week the employee takes a rostered day off.
28. Breaks - Day Work
28.1 Alteration of
meal breaks - In any establishment where the ordinary hours of work are worked
on the basis of four days of eight ordinary hours each and one day of six
ordinary hours in a weekly work cycle, by agreement between the employer and
the majority of employees concerned as provided for in clause 8, Facilitative
provisions, of this award the six ordinary hour day may be worked without a
lunch break.
28.2 Payment for
work done during meal breaks - All work done during an employees lunch break
shall be paid for at double time rates of pay. For work performed thereafter
until a lunch break is allowed time and one half rates shall be paid.
28.3 Time for
taking meal breaks - One hour or such other time as may be agreed upon shall be
allowed for a lunch break provided that an employee shall not be required to
work more than five ordinary hours without a break for a meal.
28.4 Crib time -
28.4.1 Outside ordinary
hours
28.4.1(a) An
employee working overtime on the instruction of the employer, shall be allowed
a crib time of twenty minutes without deduction of pay after each four and one
half consecutive hours of overtime worked if the employee continues to work
after such crib time.
28.4.1(b) Unless
the period of overtime is two hours or less, an employee shall be allowed a
meal break of twenty minutes before starting overtime after working ordinary
hours, which shall be paid for at ordinary rates.
28.4.1(c) An
employer and an employee may agree to any variation of this provision to meet
the circumstances of the work in hand; provided that the employer shall not be
required to make any payment in respect of any time allowed in excess of twenty
minutes.
28.4.2 Saturdays
28.4.2(a) An
employee working overtime on a Saturday shall be allowed a crib time of twenty
minutes without deduction of pay after each four and one half hours of overtime
worked if the employee continues work after such crib time.
28.4.2(b) Provided
that where a day worker on a five day week is required to work overtime on a
Saturday the first prescribed crib time shall, if occurring between 10.00 a.m.
and 1.00 p.m., be paid at ordinary rates.
28.4.3 Sundays and
public holidays - An employee working on a Sunday or public holiday shall be
allowed a crib time of twenty minutes without deduction of pay after each four
and a half hours of work, if the employee continues work after such crib time. Provided that where a day worker is required
to work on a Sunday or public holiday the first prescribed crib time shall, if
occurring between 10.00 a.m. and 1.00 p.m., be paid at ordinary rates.
29. Overtime,
Saturday, Sunday and Holiday Payments - Day Work
29.1 Payment for
working overtime
29.1.1 All time worked
by employees outside the spread of hours prescribed in clause 27, Hours - day
work, of this award, or in excess of the ordinary daily number of hours
prescribed therein, shall be paid for at the rate of time and a half for the
first two hours and double time thereafter.
29.1.2 In computing
overtime each day’s work shall stand alone.
29.1.3 For the purpose
of this clause ordinary hours shall mean the hours fixed in an establishment in
accordance with clause 27 - Hours - day work, of this award.
29.1.4 When computing
overtime the hourly rate shall be determined by dividing the appropriate weekly
rate by 38, even in cases when an employee works more than 38 hours per week.
29.1.5 Subject to the
following provisions, time off in lieu of payment for overtime, Sunday and
holiday work may be taken by an employee.
The amount of time off shall be calculated on the basis of the
appropriate penalty rate. The time
period off shall be taken during ordinary working hours within one month of the
work being performed. This alternative
to the payment of penalty rates shall only apply by agreement between the
employer and the employee concerned.
29.2 Payment for
work on Saturdays - All work performed on a Saturday by weekly employees, on
the instructions of the employer, shall be paid for at the rate of time and a
half for the first two hours and double time thereafter with a minimum payment
as for three hours at such rate.
29.3 Payment for
work on Sundays - All work performed on Sundays by weekly employees, on the
instructions of the employer, shall be paid for at the rate of double time with
a minimum payment as for three hours at such rate.
29.4 Payment for
work on holidays - Except as prescribed by subclause 43.4, all work performed
by weekly employees on holidays, on the instructions of the employer, shall be
paid for at the rate of double time and a half with a minimum payment as for
three hours at such rate. Such double time and a half shall include the ordinary
rate of pay where due under clause 40 - Public holidays, of this award for
ordinary hours of work.
29.5 Payment for
work on rostered day off - All work performed on a rostered day off by weekly
employees, on the instructions of the employer, shall be paid for at the rate
of time and a half for the first two hours and double time thereafter with a
minimum payment as for three hours at such rate.
29.6 Watchpersons
- All overtime for a watchperson shall be paid for at the rate of time and a
half.
29.7 Apprentices -
Penalty rates for apprentices shall be as prescribed under 13.7 of this award.
29.8 Requirement
to work reasonable overtime - An employer may require an employee to work
reasonable overtime at overtime rates and such employee shall work overtime in
accordance with such requirements.
29.9 Rest period
after overtime -
29.9.1 When overtime
work is necessary, it shall, whenever reasonably practicable, be so arranged
that employees have at least ten consecutive hours off duty between the work of
successive days.
29.9.2 An employee
(other than a casual employee) who works so much overtime between the
termination of ordinary work on one day and the commencement of ordinary work
on the next day that the employee has not had at least ten consecutive hours
off duty between those times shall, subject to this clause, be released after
completion of such overtime until the employee has had ten consecutive hours
off duty without loss of pay for ordinary working time occurring during such
absence.
29.9.3 If on the
instructions of the employer such an employee resumes or continues work without
having had such ten consecutive hours off duty, the employee shall be paid at
double rates for such period until released from duty and the employee shall
then be entitled to be absent until the employee has had ten consecutive hours
off duty without loss of pay for ordinary working time occurring during such
absence.
29.10 Call back -
29.10.1 An employee
recalled to work overtime after leaving the employer’s business premises
(whether notified before or after leaving the premises) shall be paid for a
minimum of four hours’ work at the appropriate rate for the call back except
when the employee is entitled to payment for standing by in accordance with
29.11 hereof in which case the employee shall be paid for a minimum of three
hours’ work at the appropriate rate.
29.10.2 Except in
unforeseen circumstances the employee shall not be required to work the full
four hours’ work if the work the employee was recalled to perform is completed
in a shorter period.
29.11 Standing by -
When an employee who is ready, willing and capable to attend for duty is
required by the employer to be in readiness for a call back to work the
employee shall, until released by the employer or notified of the requirement
to attend for duty, be paid for standing by time at ordinary rates from the
time so held in readiness.
30. Time Off Instead
of Overtime Payment
Notwithstanding provisions elsewhere in the award, the
employer and the majority of employees as provided for in clause 8,
Facilitative provisions, may agree to establish a system of time off in lieu of
overtime provided that:
30.1 An employee
may elect, with the consent of the employer, to take time off in lieu of
payment for overtime at a time or times agreed with the employer.
30.2 An employer
shall, if requested by an employee, provide payment at the rate provided for
the payment of overtime as prescribed in clause 29, Overtime, Saturday, Sunday
and holiday payments - day work, for any overtime worked under this clause
where such time has not been taken within four weeks of accrual.
30.3 This clause
is subject to the employer informing each union which has members employed at
the particular enterprise of its intention to introduce an enterprise system of
time off in lieu of overtime flexibility, and providing a reasonable
opportunity for the union to participate in negotiations.
30.4 Once a
decision has been taken to introduce an enterprise system of time off in lieu,
in accordance with this clause, its terms must be set out in the time and wages
records kept pursuant to regulations Division 2 of Part 3 of the Industrial
Relations (General) Regulation 1996).
30.5 An employer
shall record time off in lieu arrangements in the time and wages book as
prescribed in subclause 20.9, at each time this provision is used.
31. Make-Up Time
31.1 Notwithstanding
provisions elsewhere in the award, the employer and the majority of employees
at an enterprise may agree as provided for in clause 8, Facilitative
provisions, of this award, to establish a system of make-up time provided that:
31.1.1 An employee may
elect, with the consent of the employer, to work make-up time under which the
employee takes time off during ordinary hours, and works those hours at a later
time, during the spread of ordinary hours provided in the award.
31.1.2 An employee on
shift work may elect, with the consent of their employer, to work make-up time
under which the employee takes time off ordinary hours and works those hours at
a later time, at the shift work rate which would have been applicable to the
hours taken off.
31.2 Subclause
31.1 hereof is subject to the employer informing each union which has members
employed at the particular enterprise of its intention to introduce an
enterprise system of make-up time flexibility, and providing a reasonable
opportunity for the union to participate in negotiations.
31.3 Once a
decision has been taken to introduce an enterprise system of make-up time in
accordance with this clause, its terms must be set out in the time and wages
records kept pursuant to regulations Division 2 of Part 3 of the Industrial
Relations (General) Regulation 1996.
31.4 An employer
shall record make-up time arrangements in time and wages book, as prescribed in
subclause 20.9, at each time this provision is used.
32. Hours - Shift
Work
32.1 Ordinary
hours of work - shift work -
32.1.1 The ordinary
hours of work fixed by agreement in accordance with clause 8 - Facilitative
provisions, of this award shall not exceed an average of 38 hours per week.
Different methods of working shifts may apply to various groups or sections of
employees in the establishment concerned.
32.1.2 Where employees
are employed in a mixed industry (as defined) their hours of work shall be
uniform with those prevailing in such industry.
32.1.3 Where agreement
exists as provided for in clause 8, Facilitative provisions, of this award,
ordinary hours can be worked on any day of the week, Saturday and Sunday
inclusive.
32.2 Definitions -
32.2.1 Afternoon shift
means any shift finishing after 6.00 p.m. and at or before midnight.
32.2.2 Night shift
means any shift finishing subsequent to midnight and at or before
8.00 a.m.
32.2.3 Rostered shift
means a shift of which the employee concerned has had at least 48 hours notice.
32.2.4 Continuous work
means work carried on with consecutive shifts of persons throughout the 24
hours of each of at least six consecutive days without interruptions except
during breakdowns or meal breaks or due to unavoidable causes beyond the
control of the employer.
32.3 Payment for
ordinary shifts -
32.3.1 Day shift - An employee whilst on day shift shall be
paid at ordinary rates.
32.3.2 Afternoon shift
- An employee whilst on afternoon shift shall be paid 15% more than the
ordinary rate.
32.3.3 Night shift -
rotating - An employee whilst on night shift which rotates with another shift
shall be paid 15% more than the ordinary rate.
32.3.4 Night shift -
non-rotating - An employee who, other than at the employee’s own request works
night shifts only shall be paid 30% more than the ordinary rate.
32.3.5 Where in any
establishment bound by the provisions of this award at which an employee
working on shift is engaged and the majority of the employees working on
shiftwork therein receive higher shift premiums for working such shifts, then
such higher shift allowances shall be paid to the employee in substitution for
the shift allowances prescribed by this clause.
32.3.6 If agreement is
reached through as provided for in clause 8, Facilitative provisions, a system
of averaging the shift allowances may apply.
32.3.7 Engine drivers,
firemen, kiln & boiler attendants - Starting up and closing down of
engines, boilers, kilns, etc. is to be regarded as time worked payable at
ordinary rates unless total hours worked exceed 38 per week in which case
overtime rates are payable.
32.4 Rates for
ordinary shifts on Saturday, Sunday and public holidays - Ordinary shifts the
major portion of which is worked on a Saturday shall be paid for at time and
one half and on a Sunday or Holidays at double ordinary time. Such extra rate shall be in substitution for
shift allowances as prescribed in 32.3 hereof.
32.5 Day worker
changing to shift work - Where a day worker commences shift work at the
instruction of the employer without seven days notice (or the reduced period of
48 hours notice where the transfer to shift work is necessitated by
absenteeism) the employer shall pay time and one half rates for all ordinary
time worked until such required notice would have expired. Such extra rate
shall be in substitution for the shift allowance.
32.6 Change of
shift rosters - Employees placed on the shift roster will not have their roster
changed by the employer without 48 hours notice of such change or payment is
made at time and one half rates for ordinary time worked until such 48 hours
notice would have expired. Such extra rate will be in substitution for the
shift allowance.
32.7 Termination
of shift - A shift worker shall be given seven days notice of the cessation of
the shift work. If such notice is not given the appropriate shift allowances
set out in 32.3 and 32.4 hereof shall apply to ordinary time worked until such
seven days notice would have expired.
32.8 Notice of
rostered shifts off - In cases where, by virtue of the arrangement of the
ordinary hours of work, an employee is entitled to a rostered day off during
the work cycle, such employee shall be advised by the employer at least four
weeks in advance of the day to be taken off by written notice posted by the
employer on the notice board.
32.9 Banking of
rostered shifts off - By agreement between the employer and an employee
rostered shifts off may be accumulated (banked) up to a maximum of five shifts
and shall be entitled to be taken in a manner agreed upon between the employer
and the employee prior to the first of such days accumulating.
32.10 Rostered
shifts off not to coincide with holidays -
32.10.1 In
cases where, by virtue of the arrangement of the ordinary hours of work, an
employee is entitled to a rostered shift off during the work cycle, the shift
to be taken off shall not coincide with a holiday fixed in accordance with
clause 43, Public holidays.
32.10.2 Provided
that, in the event that a public holiday is prescribed after an employee has
been given notice of a rostered shift off in accordance with 32.9 hereof and
the holiday falls on such shift the employer shall allow the employee to take
an alternative shift off in lieu.
32.10.3 An
employee working continuous shift work who by the arrangement of ordinary hours
of work is entitled to a rostered shift off which falls on a public holiday
prescribed by clause 43, Public
holidays, shall at the discretion of the employer, be paid for that day
one-fifth the ordinary weekly rate of pay or have an additional day added to
the annual leave entitlement. This provision shall not apply when the holiday
on which the employee is rostered off falls on a Saturday or Sunday.
32.11 Work on a
rostered shift off - Unless a rostered shift off is substituted for another
shift off in accordance with subclauses 32.10 and 32.13 hereof work performed
on the rostered shift off will be paid for in accordance with clause 34,
Overtime - shift work.
32.12 Daylight
saving -
32.12.1 Notwithstanding
anything contained elsewhere in this award, in any area where, by reason of the
legislation of the State, summer time is prescribed as being in advance of the
standard time of the State the length of any shift:
32.12.1(a) Commencing
before the time prescribed by the relevant legislation for the commencement of
a summer time period; or
32.12.1(b) Commencing
on or before the time prescribed by such legislation for the termination of a
summer time period;
shall be deemed to be the number of hours represented
by the difference between the time recorded by the clock at the beginning of
the shift and the time so recorded at the end thereof, the time of the clock in
each case to be set at the time fixed pursuant to the New South Wales State
legislation.
32.12.2 In
this clause the expression standard time and summer time shall bear the same
meaning as prescribed by the New South Wales State legislation.
32.13 Substitute
shift - An employer and an employee or the majority of employees may by agreement
substitute the shift an employee or employees concerned are to take off during
a work cycle for another shift without thereby incurring a penalty.
33. Breaks - Shift
Work
33.1 In the
working of non-continuous shift work one hour or such other time as may be
agreed upon shall be allowed for an unpaid lunch break provided that an
employee shall not be required to work more than five ordinary hours without a
meal break.
33.2 All work done
during an employees lunch break shall be paid for at double time rates of pay.
For work performed thereafter until a lunch break is allowed time and one half
rates shall be paid.
33.3 Where a shift
roster provides for continuous shifts (as defined) over 24 hours of the day a
20 minute paid crib break shall be allowed to shift workers each shift which
shall be counted as time worked. Such crib shall be taken at a time and in a
method agreed upon between the employer and the employee or majority of
employees concerned so as to meet the needs of the establishment.
34. Overtime - Shift
Work
34.1 Shift work
payments for overtime -
34.1.1 All work done by
shift workers in excess of or outside the ordinary working hours prescribed by
this award shall be paid as follows:
34.1.1(a) If on
continuous work, at the rate of double time.
34.1.1(b) If on
other than continuous work, at the rate of time and a half for the first two
hours on any one day and, at the rate of double time thereafter.
34.1.1(c) Except
in each case when the time is worked:
34.1.1(c)(i) by
arrangement between the employees themselves; or
34.1.1(c)(ii) for
the purpose of effecting the customary rotation of shifts; or
34.1.1(c)(iii) on a
shift to which an employee is transferred on short notice as an alternative to
standing down the employee in circumstances which would entitle the employer to
deduct payment for a day in accordance with clause 16 - Stand down of
employees, of this award.
34.1.1(d) Subject
to the following provisions, time off in lieu of payment for overtime, Sunday
and holiday work may be taken by an employee.
The amount of time off shall be calculated on the basis of the
appropriate penalty rate. The time
period off shall be taken during ordinary working hours within one month of the
work being performed. This alternative to the payment of penalty rates shall
only apply by agreement between the employer and the employee concerned.
Provided that when not less than eight hours’ notice
has been given to the employer by a reliever that the employee will be absent
from work and the employee who should be relieved is not relieved and is
required to continue to work on the rostered day off, the unrelieved employee
shall be paid double time.
34.1.2 Sunday - All
overtime performed on a Sunday shall be paid at the rate of double time.
34.1.3 Holidays - All
overtime performed on a holiday shall be paid at the rate of double time and
one half.
34.2 Minimum
payment - Saturday, Sunday or holiday - Where a shift worker is required to
work overtime on a Saturday, Sunday or holiday such employee shall be afforded
at least three hours’ work or be paid for three hours at the appropriate rate
except where such overtime is continuous with the employee’s ordinary hours or
with overtime commenced on the previous day.
34.3 Non-cumulation
of penalties - The rates prescribed herein shall be in substitution for and not
cumulative upon the shift allowances prescribed elsewhere in this award.
34.4 Requirement
to work reasonable overtime - An employer may require an employee to work
reasonable overtime at overtime rates and such employee shall work overtime in
accordance with such requirements.
34.5 Crib breaks -
34.5.1 An employee
working overtime on the instruction of the employer, shall be allowed a crib
time of twenty minutes without deduction of pay after each four and one half
consecutive hours of overtime worked if the employee continues to work after
such crib time.
34.5.2 Unless the
period of overtime is two hours or less, an employee shall be allowed a meal
break of twenty minutes before starting overtime after working ordinary hours,
which shall be paid for at ordinary rates.
34.5.3 An employer and
an employee may agree to any variation of this provision to meet the
circumstances of the work in hand; provided that the employer shall not be
required to make any payment in respect of any time allowed in excess of twenty
minutes.
34.6 Rest period
after overtime -
34.6.1 When overtime
work is necessary, it shall, whenever reasonably practicable, be so arranged
that employees have at least ten consecutive hours off duty between the work of
successive days.
34.6.2 An employee
(other than a casual employee) who works so much overtime between the
termination of the employee’s ordinary work on one day and the commencement of
the employee’s ordinary work on the next day that the employee has not had at
least ten consecutive hours off duty between those times shall, subject to this
clause, be released after completion of such overtime until the employee has
had ten consecutive hours off duty without loss of pay for ordinary working
time occurring during such absence.
34.6.3 If on the
instructions of the employer such an employee resumes or continues work without
having had such ten consecutive hours off duty, the employee shall be paid at
double rates for such period until released from duty and the employee shall
then be entitled to be absent until the employee has had ten consecutive hours
off duty without loss of pay for ordinary working time occurring during such
absence.
34.6.4 The provisions
of this clause shall apply as if eight hours were substituted for ten hours
when overtime is worked:
34.6.4(a) for
the purpose of change shift rosters; or
34.6.4(b) where
a shift worker does not report for duty and a day worker or a shift worker is
required to replace such shift worker; or
34.6.4(c) where
a shift is worked by arrangement between the employees themselves.
34.7 Standing by -
When an employee who is ready, willing and capable to attend for duty is
required by the employer to be in readiness for a call back to work the
employee shall, until released by the employer or notified of the requirement
to attend for duty, be paid for standing by time at ordinary rates from the
time so held in readiness.
34.8 Call back -
34.8.1 An employee
recalled to work overtime after leaving the employer’s business premises
(whether notified before or after leaving the premises) shall be paid for a
minimum of four hours’ work at the appropriate rate for the call back except
when the employee is entitled to payment for standing by in accordance with
34.7 hereof in which case the employee shall be paid for a minimum of three
hours’ work at the appropriate rate.
34.8.2 Except in
unforeseen circumstances the employee shall not be required to work the full
period for which minimum payment is to be made if the work the employee was
recalled to perform is completed in a shorter period.
PART G ¾ LEAVE OF ABSENCE AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS
35. Annual Leave
35.1 Period of
leave - Except as hereinafter provided, a period of 28 consecutive days’ leave
including non-working days shall be allowed annually to an employee after
twelve months’ continuous service (less the period of annual leave) to an
employee in anyone or more of the occupations to which this award applies.
35.2 Seven-day
shift workers -
35.2.1 In addition to
leave prescribed in subclause 35.1 hereof seven‑day shift workers, that
is shift workers who are rostered to work regularly on Sundays and holidays,
shall be allowed an additional seven consecutive days’ leave including non-working
days.
35.2.2 Where an
employee with twelve months’ continuous service is engaged for part of the
twelve-monthly period as a seven-day shift worker, the employee shall be
entitled to have the period of annual leave prescribed in 35.1 hereof, increased
by half a day for each month the employee is continuously engaged.
35.3 Annual leave
exclusive of public holidays -
35.3.1 Subject to this
clause, the annual leave prescribed by this clause shall be exclusive of any of
the holidays prescribed by clause 43, Public holidays, and if any such holiday
falls within an employee’s period of annual leave and is observed on a day
which in the case of that employee would have been an ordinary working day
there shall be added to the period of the employee’s annual leave time
equivalent to the ordinary time which the employee would have worked if such a
day had not been a holiday.
35.3.2 Where a holiday
falls as aforesaid and the employee fails without reasonable cause, (proof
whereof shall be upon the employee) to attend work at the ordinary starting
time on the working day immediately following the last day of the period of
annual leave the employee shall not be entitled to be paid for any such
holiday.
35.4 Calculation
of continuous service -
35.4.1 For the purposes
of this clause service will be continuous despite:
35.4.1(a) any
interruption or termination of the employment by the employer if such
interruption or termination has been made merely with the intention of avoiding
obligations hereunder in respect of leave of absence;
35.4.1(b) any
absence from work on account of personal sickness or accident or on account of
leave lawfully granted by the employer; or
35.4.1(c) any
absence with reasonable cause proof whereof shall be upon the employee.
35.4.2 In cases of
personal sickness or accident or absence with reasonable cause, an employee, to
become entitled to the benefit of this clause, shall inform the employer in
writing, if practicable, within 48 hours of the commencement of such absence of
the inability to attend for duty, and as far as practicable the nature of the
illness, injury or cause, and the estimated duration of the absence. A notification given by an employee pursuant
to paragraph 1.1.4, shall be accepted as notification under this clause.
35.4.3 Any absence from
work not mentioned in this clause will not break the continuity of service for
the purposes of this clause unless the employer, during the absence or within
fourteen days of the termination of the absence, notifies the employee in writing
that such absence will be regarded as having broken the continuity of service.
35.4.4 In cases of
individual absenteeism such notice shall be given in writing to the employee
concerned, but in cases of concerted or collective absenteeism notice may be
given to employees by the posting up of a notification in the plant, in the
manner in which general notifications to employees are usually made in that
plant and by posting to the union whose members have participated in such
concerted or collective absenteeism, a copy of such notification not later than
the day it is posted up in the plant.
35.4.5 A notice to an
individual employee may be given by delivering it to the employee personally or
by posting it to the last recorded address, in which case it shall be deemed to
have reached the employee in due course by post.
35.4.6 In calculating
the amount of continuous service any of the absences referred to in this clause
will not be taken into account except for those that are:
35.4.6(a) 28
days or less in the case of sickness or accident; and
35.4.6(b) annual
leave or long service leave granted to the employee.
35.5 Successor or
assignee - Where the employer is a successor, an assignee or transmittee of a
business if an employee was in the employment of the employer’s predecessor at
the time when the employer became such successor or assignee or transmittee,
the employee in respect of the period during which the employee was in the
service of the predecessor shall for the purposes of this clause be deemed to
be in the service of the employer.
35.6 Calculation
of month - For the purposes of this clause a month shall be reckoned as
commencing with the beginning of the first day of the employment or period of
employment in question and as ending at the beginning of the day which in the
latest month in question has the same date number as that which the commencing
day had in its month, and if there be no such day in such subsequent month,
shall be reckoned as ending at the end of such subsequent month.
35.7 Leave to be
taken - The annual leave provided for by this clause shall be allowed and shall
be taken and except as provided by 35.13 hereof, payment shall not be made or
accepted in lieu of annual leave.
35.8 Time of
taking leave -
35.8.1 Except where agreement
is reached as provided for in clause 8, Facilitative provisions, annual leave
shall be given at a time fixed by the employer within a period not exceeding
six months from the date when the right to annual leave has accrued and after
not less than one month’s notice to the employee.
35.8.2 Unless otherwise
determined as provided for in clause 8, Facilitative provisions, where the
annual leave is given in two or more parts in accordance with subclause 35.9
hereof, the first part of the leave shall be given within a period not
exceeding six months from the date the right to annual leave accrued and after
not less than one months notice to the employee, and the total period of leave
shall be given within a period not exceeding nine months from the date the
right to annual leave accrued and after not less than one months notice to the
employee.
35.8.3 The months’
notice to the employee required by this clause may be dispensed with by an
agreement between the employee or majority of employees concerned.
35.9 Broken leave
- Annual leave shall be given and taken in not more than two separate periods
unless agreed by the employee or agreement is reached as provided for in clause
8, Facilitative provisions.
35.10 Leave allowed
before due date -
35.10.1 An employer may
allow annual leave to an employee before the right thereto has accrued due but
where leave is taken in such a case a further period of annual leave shall not
commence to accrue until after the expiration of the twelve months in respect
of which annual leave had been taken before it accrued.
35.10.2 Where leave or
part thereof has been granted to an employee pursuant to this clause before the
right thereto has accrued due and the employee subsequently leaves or is
discharged from the service of the employer before completing the twelve months
continuous service in respect of which the leave was granted, the employer may
for each one complete month of the qualifying period of twelve months not
served by the employee, deduct from whatever remuneration is payable upon
termination of the employment of the employee one-twelfth of the amount in
wages paid on account of the annual leave, which amount should not include any
sums paid for any of the holidays prescribed by clause 43, Public holidays.
35.11 Payment for
period of annual leave -
35.11.1 Each employee
before going on leave shall be paid the wages the employee would have received
in respect of the ordinary time the employee would have worked had the employee
not been on annual leave during the relevant period, exclusive of any public
holidays occurring therein.
35.11.2 Subject to 35.12
hereof, for the purposes of this clause and 35.13 and 35.14 hereof, wages shall
include shift premiums according to roster or projected rosters including
Saturday, Sunday or Public holiday shifts, leading hand, tool and first aid
allowances.
35.11.3 Payment in the
case of employees employed under any system of payment by results in accordance
with clause 23, Payment by results/incentive work shall be at the current award
rate plus 12.5%.
35.11.4 Payment in the
case of a pieceworker employed by one employer only on a full-time basis to
whom the provisions of 13.6 of this award applies shall be the rate of wage
then currently prescribed by such award for the standard weekly hours for the
area in which the employee was employed and for the classification in which the
employee was classified by the employer immediately prior to commencing leave,
plus 25%.
35.11.5 If a rate change
occurs whilst an employee is on a period of annual leave, the employee’s annual
leave pay will be adjusted and paid to the employee on the pay day following
the resumption of work from annual leave.
35.12 Loading on
annual leave -
35.12.1 During a period
of annual leave an employee shall receive a loading calculated on the rate of
pay prescribed by 35.11 hereof, in the following manner:
35.12.1(a) Day
workers - An employee who would have worked on day work only had the employee
not been on leave shall receive a loading of 17.5%.
35.12.1(b) Shift
workers - An employee who would have worked on shift work had the employee not
been on leave and who would not have been entitled to a shift premium or whose
shift premium payable in accordance with 35.11 hereof would have been less than
17.5% of the rate of wage specified in this clause shall receive a loading of
17.5% in lieu of the said shift premium, if the shift premium the employee
would have received would have been in excess of 17.5% then the employee shall
receive whichever is the greater.
35.12.2 The
loading prescribed by this clause shall not apply to any public holiday
occurring during a period of annual leave.
35.12.3 The
loading prescribed by this clause shall, upon termination of the employment for
any reason, also apply in respect of leave not taken for a full twelve months
qualifying period of service by the employee with the employer.
35.12.4 The
loading prescribed by this clause shall not apply to proportionate payment on
termination under 35.13 hereof except in the case of an employee with not less
than three months service with an employer whose services are terminated by the
employer through no fault of the employee.
35.13 Proportionate
payment on termination - If after one month’s continuous service an employee
leaves the employment or the employment is terminated by the employer, the
employee shall be paid subject to the provisions of 19.1 of this award for each
completed week of continuous service worked of which leave has not been granted
under this clause, 2.923 hours’ ordinary pay; calculated in accordance with the
provisions of 35.11 hereof.
35.14 Close down -
An employer may close down the plant or a section thereof, for the purpose of
allowing leave to employees in the plant or section or sections concerned in
accordance with the following provisions:
35.14.1 Unless
otherwise determined by agreement as provided for in clause 8, Facilitative
provisions, of this award the employer may, by giving not less than three
months notice either close down for one period or for two separate periods.
35.14.2 Each
employee affected shall be credited with 2.923 hours leave for each completed
week of continuous service for which leave has not already been granted.
35.14.3 Except
to the extent than an employee has leave in credit under the provisions of
35.14.2 hereof at the date of the close down, the employee shall be stood down
without pay during the period of any close down.
35.14.4 All
time during which an employee is stood down without pay in a close down period
shall, for the purpose of annual leave credits be deemed to be time worked.
35.14.5 Subject
to 35.10 hereof the next twelve months qualifying period for each employee
affected by an annual close down shall commence from the day on which the plant
or section or sections re-open for work.
35.14.5(a) For
employees affected by a second or third close down as prescribed by 35.10
hereof the next twelve month qualifying period shall commence from the day on
which the plant or section or sections re-open after the first close down.
35.14.6 For
establishments that observe a close down at the Christmas/New Year period the
relevant date for the application of the provisions of 35.14.2, 35.14.4 and
35.14.5 hereof shall be 31 December each year.
35.14.7 Unless
otherwise agreed between the employer and employees, where a close down is
observed during the Christmas/New Year period the leave granted shall be not
less than fourteen consecutive days, exclusive of public holidays, except that
where an employee is not entitled to fourteen consecutive days leave at such
close down, the employee may be granted leave then accrued in accordance with
35.14.2 hereof.
35.15 Annual leave flexibilities -
35.15.1 Notwithstanding
provisions elsewhere in the award, the employer and the majority of employees
at an enterprise may agree as provided for in clause 8, Facilitative
provisions, of this award to establish a system of single day annual leave
absences, provided that:
35.15.1(a) An
employee may elect, with the consent of the employer, to take annual leave in
single day periods or part of a single day not exceeding a total of five days
in any calendar year at a time or times agreed between them.
35.15.1(b) Access
to annual leave, as prescribed in 35.15.1(a) hereof, shall be exclusive of any
shutdown period provided for elsewhere under this award.
35.15.1(c) An
employee and employer may agree to defer payment of the annual leave loading in
respect of single day absences, until at least five consecutive annual leave
days are taken.
35.15.2 Subclause
35.15.1 hereof is subject to the employer informing the union which has members
employed at the particular enterprise of its intention to introduce an
enterprise system of annual leave flexibility, and providing a reasonable
opportunity for the union to participate in negotiations.
35.15.3 Once
a decision has been taken to introduce an enterprise system of single day
annual leave, in accordance with this clause, its terms must be set out in the
and wages records kept pursuant to Division 2 of Part 3 of the Industrial
Relations (General) Regulation 1996.
35.15.4 An
employer shall record these short term annual leave arrangements in the time
and wages book, as prescribed in subclause 20.9 of this award.
35.16 Mixed industries - Employees in mixed industries shall
not be entitled to leave in accordance with the preceding clauses but shall be
entitled to and shall be allowed the same annual leave, if any, as is
prescribed by award or statute - Commonwealth or State - for the general body
of employees in the industry in which they are employed.
36. Personal/Carer’s
Leave - August 1996
1.1 Use of Sick
Leave -
1.1.1 An employee
other than a casual employee, with responsibilities in relation to a class of
person set out in 1.1.3(ii) who needs the employee’s care and support, shall be
entitled to use, in accordance with this subclause, any current or accrued sick
leave entitlement, provided for at clause 39, for absences to provide care and
support, for such persons when they are ill.
Such leave may be taken for part of a single day.
1.1.2 The employee
shall, if required, establish either by production of a medical certificate or
statutory declaration, the illness of the person concerned and that the illness
is such as to require care by another person.
In normal circumstances, an employee must not take carer’s leave under
this subclause where another person has taken leave to care for the same
person.
1.1.3 The entitlement
to use sick leave in accordance with this subclause is subject to:
(i) the employee
being responsible for the care of the person concerned; and
(ii) the person
concerned being:
(a) a spouse of
the employee; or
(b) a de facto
spouse, who, in relation to a person, is a person of the opposite sex to the
first mentioned person who lives with the first mentioned person as the husband
or wife of that person on a bona fide domestic basis although not legally
married to that person; or
(c) a child or an
adult child (including an adopted child, a step child, a foster child or an
ex-nuptial child), parent (including a foster parent and legal guardian),
grandparent, grandchild or sibling of the employee or spouse or de facto spouse
of the employee; or
(d) a same sex
partner who lives with the employee as the de facto partner of that employee on
a bona fide domestic basis; or
(e) a relative of
the employee who is a member of the same household, where for the purposes of
this paragraph:
1. "relative"
means a person related by blood, marriage or affinity;
2. "affinity"
means a relationship that one spouse because of marriage has to blood relatives
of the other; and
3. "household"
means a family group living in the same domestic dwelling.
1.1.4 An employee
shall, wherever practicable, give the employer
notice prior to the absence of the intention to take leave, the name of
the person requiring care and that person’s relationship to the employee, the
reasons for taking such leave and the estimated length of absence. If it is not practicable for the employee to
give prior notice of absence, the employee shall notify the employer by
telephone of such absence at the first opportunity on the day of absence.
1.2 Unpaid Leave
for Family Purpose -
1.2.1 An employee may
elect, with the consent of the employer, to take unpaid leave for the purpose
of providing care and support to a class of person set out in 1.1.3(ii) above,
who is ill.
1.3 Annual Leave
-
1.3.1 An employee may
elect, with the consent of the employer, subject to the Annual Holidays Act
1944, to take annual leave not exceeding five days in single day periods or
part thereof, in any calendar year at a time or times agreed by the parties.
1.3.2 Access to
annual leave, as prescribed in paragraph 1.3.1 above, shall be exclusive to any
shutdown period provided for elsewhere under this award.
1.3.3 An employee and
employer may agree to defer payment of the annual leave loading in respect of
single day absences, until at least five consecutive annual leave days are
taken.
1.4 Time off in
Lieu of Payment for Overtime
1.4.1 An employee may
elect, with the consent of the employer, to take time off in lieu of payment
for overtime at a time or times agreed with the employer within 12 months of
the said election.
1.4.2 Overtime taken
as time off during ordinary time hours shall be taken at the ordinary time
rate, that is an hour for each hour worked.
1.4.3 If, having
elected to take time as leave in accordance with paragraph 1.4.1 above, the
leave is not taken for whatever reason, payment for time accrued at overtime
rates shall be made at the expiry of the 12 month period or on termination.
1.4.4 Where no
election is made in accordance with paragraph 1.4.1 the employee shall be paid
overtime rates in accordance with the award.
1.5 Make-up time
-
1.5.1 An employee may
elect, with the consent of the employer, to work "make-up time",
under which the employee takes time off during ordinary hours, and works those
hours at a later time, during the spread of ordinary hours provided in the
award, at the ordinary rate of pay.
1.5.2 An employee on
shift work may elect, with the consent of the employer, to work "make-up
time" (under which the employee takes time off ordinary hours and works
those hours at a later time), at the shift work rate which would have been
applicable to the hours taken off.
1.6 Rostered
Days Off -
1.6.1 An employee may
elect, with the consent of the employer, to take a rostered day off at any
time.
1.6.2 An employee may
elect, with the consent of the employer, to take rostered days off in part day
amounts.
1.6.3 An employee may
elect, with the consent of the employer, to accrue some or all rostered days
off for the purpose of creating a bank to be drawn upon at time mutually agreed
between the employer and employee, or subject to reasonable notice by the
employee or the employer.
1.6.4 This subclause
is subject to the employer informing each union which is both party to the
award and which has members employed at the particular enterprise of its
intention to introduce an enterprise system of RDO flexibility, and providing a
reasonable opportunity for the union(s) to participate in negotiations.
37. Sick Leave
37.1 An employee
is entitled to 38 hours sick leave in the first year of service and 60.8 hours
in the second and subsequent years of service.
37.2 An employee
is entitled to use accumulated sick leave for the purposes of sick leave where
the current year’s sick leave entitlement has been exhausted.
37.3 An employee
shall not be entitled to paid leave of absence for any period in respect of
which there is an entitlement to workers compensation
37.4 An employee
or a person on behalf of the employee shall, prior to the conclusion of the
ordinary hours of work inform the employer of the inability to attend for duty
and as far as practicable state the nature of the injury or illness and the
estimated duration of absence.
37.5 An employee
shall prove to the satisfaction of the employer or provide proof as agreed
through the consultative process established consultative mechanisms and
procedures in the workplace, that the employee was unable on account of such
illness or injury to attend for duty on the day or days for which sick leave is
claimed. For such purpose the employer may require an employee to make a
statutory declaration verifying the cause of the absence.
37.6 An employee
shall not be entitled to paid leave in excess of ten hours during the first
three months of employment with an employer and a further ten hours during the
second three months of such employment. Provided that should employment
continue beyond six months the employee shall be paid for the leave for which
the employee would otherwise have been entitled to be paid except for the
limitations prescribed by this clause and for which payment has not previously
been made.
37.7 Statement of
employee’s sick leave credits - Upon request by an employee the employer shall
advise the employee concerned of the amount of accumulated untaken sick leave
held in credit by the employee at the beginning of the employee’s sick leave
year.
37.8 Sickness on a
rostered day off - Where an employee is sick or injured on a rostered day off
the employee shall not be entitled to paid sick leave for that day nor will the
employee’s sick leave entitlements be reduced as a result of sickness or injury
that day.
37.9 Sick leave on
re-engagement - If an employee’s service is terminated by the employer by
reason of slackness of trade and is re-engaged by the employer within a period
of six months the employee’s unclaimed sick leave shall continue from the date
of re-engagement. In such a case the employee’s next year of service will
commence after a total of twelve months has been served with the employer
excluding the period of interruption in service from the date of commencement
of the previous period of employment or the anniversary of the commencement of
the previous period of employment as the case may be.
37.10 Transmitted
sick leave - Where a business is transmitted from one employer to another an
employee’s service with the transmittor shall for the purpose of sick leave
payment be taken as service with the transmittee provided that the employee’s
employment with the transmittor is continued with the transmittee.
38. Bereavement Leave
(i) An
employee, other than a casual employee, after three months’ service with the
employer, shall be entitled to two days bereavement leave without deduction of
pay, up to and including the day of the funeral, on each occasion of the death
of a person as prescribed in subclause (iii) of this clause. Where the death of a person as prescribed by
the said subclause (iii) occurs outside Australia, the employee after three
months continuous service with the employer, shall be entitled to two days
bereavement leave where the employee travels outside Australia to attend the
funeral. Provided further, where the
death of a person as prescribed in subclause (iii) occurs outside Australia and
a service is held locally, the employee after three months continuous service
with the employer, shall be entitled to one day’s bereavement leave for the
purpose of attending this service, where such employee does not travel outside
Australia to attend an alternative funeral/service.
(ii) The
employee must notify the employer as soon as practicable of the intention to
take bereavement leave and will provide to the satisfaction of the employer
proof of death.
(iii) Bereavement
leave shall be available to the employee in respect to the death of a person
prescribed for the purposes of personal/carer’s leave as set out in
subparagraph (ii) of paragraph (c) of subclause (1) of clause 36,
Personal/Carer’s Leave Case - August 1996, provided that, for the purpose of
bereavement leave, the employee need not have been responsible for the care of
the person concerned.
(iv) An employee
shall not be entitled to bereavement leave under this clause during any period
in respect of which the employee has been granted other leave.
(v) Bereavement
leave may be taken in conjunction with other leave available under subclauses
1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5 and 1.6 of the said clause 36. In determining such a request, the employer will give
consideration to the circumstances of the employee and the reasonable
operational requirements of the business.
39. Parental Leave
Refer Industrial Relations Act 1996.
40. Jury Service
Leave
40.1 A weekly employee
required to attend for jury service during ordinary working hours shall be
reimbursed by the employer an amount equal to the difference between the amount
paid in respect of the attendance for such jury service and the amount of wage
the employee would have received in respect of the ordinary time the employee
would have worked had the employee not been on jury service.
40.2 An employee
shall notify the employer as soon as possible of the date upon which the
employee is required to attend for jury service. Further, the employee shall
give the employer proof of such attendance, the duration of such attendance and
the amount received in respect of such jury service.
41. Blood Donors
A weekly employee who with the consent of the employer is
absent during ordinary working hours for the purpose of donating blood shall
not suffer any deduction of pay, up to a maximum of two hours on each occasion
and subject to a maximum of two hours on each occasion and subject to a maximum
of four separate absences for the purpose of donating blood each calendar
year. Provided that such employee shall
arrange as far as practicable for the absence to be as close as possible to the
beginning or the ending of his ordinary working hours: Provided further the employee shall notify
the employer as soon as possible of the time and date upon which the employee
is requesting to be absent for the purpose of donating blood. Proof of the attendance of the employee at a
recognised place for the purpose of donating blood, and the duration of the
attendance.
42. Long Service
Leave
Refer Long Service Leave Act 1955.
43. Public Holidays
43.1 Prescribed
public holidays - All weekly employees (excepting pieceworkers) shall be
entitled to holidays without deduction of pay on the following days:
43.1.1 New Year’s Day,
Good Friday, Easter Saturday, Easter Monday, Christmas Day and Boxing Day; and
43.1.2 The following
days, as prescribed in the State and localities: Australia Day, Anzac Day,
Queen’s Birthday and Eight Hours Day or Labour Day; and one additional day in each calendar year on a date arranged
between the TTIA and the NSW Branch of the union.
43.2 Day off in
lieu of holiday falling on a Saturday or Sunday -
43.2.1 When Christmas
Day is a Saturday or a Sunday, a holiday in lieu thereof shall be observed on
27 December.
43.2.2 When Boxing Day
is a Saturday or a Sunday, a holiday in lieu thereof shall be observed on 28
December.
43.2.3 When New Year’s
Day or Australia Day is a Saturday or Sunday, a holiday in lieu thereof shall
be observed on the next Monday.
43.3 Additional
public holidays - Where in the State or locality, public holidays are declared
or prescribed on days other than those set out in 43.2 hereof, those days shall
constitute additional public holidays for the purpose of this award.
43.4 Changing
public holidays by agreement -
43.4.1 By agreement
between the employer and the majority of employees in the relevant enterprise
or section of the enterprise, an alternative day may be taken as the public
holiday in lieu of any of the prescribed days.
43.4.2 An employer and
individual employee may agree to the employee taking another day as the public
holiday in lieu of the day which is being observed as the public holiday in the
enterprise or relevant section of the enterprise.
43.4.3 Where in the
State or locality within the State an additional public holiday is proclaimed
or gazetted by the authority of the State Government and such proclaimed or
gazetted holiday is to be observed generally by persons throughout the State or
locality thereof, other than persons covered by Federal awards, or where such a
proclaimed or gazetted day is, by any required judicial or administrative
order, to be so observed, then such day shall be deemed to be a holiday for the
purposes of this award for employees covered by this award who are employed in
the State or locality in respect of which the holiday has been proclaimed or
ordered as required.
43.4.4 An agreement
pursuant to this subclause shall be recorded in writing and be available to
every affected employee and where a prescribed public holiday is substituted
any work performed on such prescribed public holiday shall be at ordinary
rates.
43.5 Rostered day
off or accumulated time off falling on a holiday - In the case of an employee
whose ordinary hours of work are arranged in such a manner as to entitle the
employee to a rostered day off, the weekday to be taken off, shall not coincide
with a holiday fixed in accordance with this clause. Provided that, where the
two events unavoidably coincide, the employer will allow the employee/s to take
an alternative weekday off at a different date which will be determined by
mutual agreement.
43.6 Termination
within fourteen days of a holiday - In the case of an employee with at least
three months’ service with the employer whose services are terminated by the
employer through no fault of the employee within fourteen days prior to a
holiday and who is re-engaged by such an employer within fourteen days of such
holiday, or in the case of an annual leave close down within fourteen days
after resumption of work, the employee shall be paid for any such holiday the
amount the employee would have received had employment not been terminated.
43.7 Full-time
employees working non-standard hours - This clause applies to full-time workers
who do not regularly work a five day Monday to Friday week.
43.7.1 Holidays falling
upon days employees not working - When a prescribed holidays falls upon a day
when the employee would not be working in any event the employee shall receive:
43.7.1(a) A
day’s paid leave to be taken on another day or added to annual leave (to be
mutually agreed between the employer and the employee); or
43.7.1(b) An
additional day’s wage.
43.7.2 Employee
rostered to work on a public holiday or its substitute day - If an employee is
rostered to work on the public holiday or its substitute day (except Christmas
Day) the employee is entitled to:
43.7.2(a) If the
employee is not required to work on the public holiday the employee shall
receive the payment the employee would ordinarily receive for that day and is
not entitled to the substituted day off.
43.7.2(b) If the
employee is required to work on the public holiday the employee is entitled to
receive the normal rates of pay for working that day and the substitute day as
a holiday. (If the substitute day is a non-working day for the employee, the
employee would receive the compensation described in 40.8 hereof).
43.7.2(c) If the
employee is required to work on the substitute day the employee shall receive
the rates of pay for working on a public holiday.
43.7.3 Employee
required to work on a public holiday and the substitute day - If an employee is
rostered and required to work on both the "actual" public holiday and
its substituted day (this would only occur if the holiday was to fall on a
Saturday or a Sunday) the employee would be entitled to:
43.7.3(a) a
day’s paid leave to be taken on another day or added to annual leave (to be
mutually agreed between the employer and the employee); or
43.7.3(b) payment
at public holiday rates for the day’s work for the substituted day, and payment
at the normal rates for Saturday or Sunday for the actual public holiday.
43.7.4 Christmas day
loading - If employees are rostered to work on a Saturday or Sunday that is a
Christmas Day and are required to work, the employee shall receive the normal
Saturday or Sunday rate plus a loading of one-half of a normal day’s wages for
the full day’s work and be entitled to the substitute day.
43.8 Non-casual
part-time employees - Where the normal roster of a part-time employee includes
a day that is a holiday, the employee shall receive the normal pay the employee
would have received on that day and enjoy the holiday or receive the
appropriate public holiday rate for working whatever hours the employee worked
during it.
43.8.1 For part-time
employees whose normal roster includes a Saturday or Sunday that would be a
prescribed holiday but for the substitution of an alternative day, the
following shall apply:
43.8.1(a) The
employee shall be granted leave with pay on the "actual day" without
any substitution; or
43.8.1(b) The
employee works on the "actual day" at normal Saturday or Sunday rates
(if the Saturday or Sunday is Christmas Day the Christmas Day loading will
apply) and is allowed to take another day with pay, which may or may not be the
prescribed substitute day, as a holiday; or
43.8.1(c) The
employee works on the "actual day" at normal Saturday or Sunday rates
(if the Saturday or Sunday is Christmas Day the Christmas Day loading will
apply) and receives, in addition, payment at ordinary time rates for an
additional day of equal length (with no substitution of an alternative day).
43.8.2 If any of these
benefits applies, the employee who works on the prescribed substitute day
should do so at ordinary time rates.
43.8.3 Any
circumstances for part time workers not covered by this clause should be the
subject of negotiations between the employer, the CFMEU and the employees
concerned using the principles of this clause to resolve the issue.
43.9 Payment for
casual workers working on public holidays - A casual worker who works on the
day prescribed as the public holiday or on its substitute day shall be paid the
appropriate public holiday pay as described elsewhere in this award. The employee should receive the ordinary
casual rate plus the applicable penalty. That is, the casual loading of twenty
per cent and the prescribed holiday rate for non-casual workers of 2.5 times
ordinary rates. The casual will be paid
2.7 times the ordinary rate for non-casual workers.
43.10 Absences
before or after public holidays - Where an employee is absent from employment
on the working day before or the working day after a public holiday or group of
public holidays to which the employee is entitled, and such absence is without
reasonable cause, proof whereof shall be upon the employee, the employee shall
not be entitled to payment for the holiday immediately succeeding or
immediately preceding the absence, as the case may be.
43.11 Mixed
industries - Employees in mixed industries shall not be entitled to holidays in
accordance with the provisions of this clause, but shall be entitled to and
shall be allowed the same public holidays as are prescribed by the award, determination
or agreement - Commonwealth or State - for the general body of employees in the
industry in which they are employed.
PART H ¾
MISCELLANEOUS
44. Copy of the Award
An up to date copy of the award is to be put on display by
the employer in the workplace.
45. Notice Board
The employer shall supply a notice board of reasonable
dimensions to be erected in a prominent position in the plant or in separate
buildings in each plant so that it will be reasonably accessible to all the
employees working under this award.
Accredited Union representatives, where applicable, shall be
permitted to put on the notice board or boards Union notices, signed or
countersigned by the representative posting it. The employer shall have the right to put notices on the notice
board and such notices shall be removed only by the employer or his
representative.
46. Hygiene and
Safety
(a) First-aid
Outfit - The employer shall provide and maintain a first aid outfit at each
workplace as prescribed by the legislation of the State.
(b) Special
Transport of Injured - In the event of an injury to an employee requiring
medical attention that cannot be provided by the company or on the employer's
premises, the employer shall, as soon as is reasonably possible, supply, free
of charge, means to convey such employee to the nearest hospital or doctor at
which or by whom the employee is to be treated.
(c) Guarding
Machinery - The laws in force from time to time in New South Wales in respect
of the guarding of machinery and the spaces between machines shall be deemed to
be incorporated into this award as part thereof.
(d) Ventilation
- State legislation which provides for ventilation or prevention of dust in
force from time to time shall be deemed to be incorporated into this award as
part thereof. Each employer shall
install in each mill, factory, or workshop owned or controlled by him such
system of ventilation and prevention of dust as shall be necessary in each
case.
(e) Saving of
State Laws - Nothing in this clause shall be construed as interfering with any
rights of inspection or enforcement available to State Government officials
under any State law referred to in this award.
47. Area, Incidence
and Duration
(i) This award
rescinds and replaces the Sawmillers, &c. (State) Award published 8
December 1976, reprinted 16 August 1984 and further reprinted 17 January 1992
(267 I.G. 242), the Forest and Building Products (State) Training Wage Award
published 23 October 1998 (306 I.G. 1260), and the Sawmillers, &c. (State)
Superannuation Award published 25 July 1990, (257 I.G. 887), and all variations
thereof.
(ii) This award
shall take effect on and from 13 October 2000 and shall remain in force for a
period of 12 months.
Table 1 ¾ Wages
Skill Level
|
Supplementary
Payment
$
|
Total Rate per Week
ffpp 13/10/00
$
|
Total Rate Per Week
ffpp 13/4/01
$
|
Level 6
|
54.60
|
498.10
|
513.10
|
Level 5
|
52.00
|
477.20
|
492.20
|
Level 4
|
48.10
|
445.50
|
460.50
|
Level 3
|
45.40
|
424.60
|
439.60
|
Level 2
|
42.50
|
402.00
|
417.00
|
Level 1
|
40.60
|
385.40
|
400.40
|
Table 2 ¾ Allowances
Item No.
|
Clause No.
|
Brief Description
|
Amount
$
|
1
|
25.1
|
Handling submerged timber
|
65c per hour
|
2
|
25.2
|
Handling charred timber
|
3.20 per day
|
3
|
25.4.1
|
Motor vehicle allowance
|
54c per kilometre
|
4
|
25.5 & 25.6
|
Meal allowance
|
7.35 per meal
|
5
|
25.7
|
Camping allowance
|
18.30 per day
|
6
|
25.7
|
Maximum camping allowance
|
128.55 per week
|
7
|
25.8
|
First-aid Allowance
|
9.45 per week
|
8
|
25.9
|
Leading Hand: 2 to 6 employees
|
16.25 per week
|
9
|
25.9
|
Leading Hand: over 6 employees
|
25.35 per week
|
SAWMILLERS, &c. (STATE) AWARD APPENDICES
The majority of the appendices of this award describe
special rates and conditions for employees working in various industry sectors.
Five industry sectors are identified with a grade structure/career path in each
sector.
The appendices describe conditions and arrangements for each
sector that are unique to each sector.
The main body of the award describes conditions and
arrangements that are common for all sectors.
INDEX TO APPENDICES
APPENDIX A ¾
HARVESTING AND ENVIRONMENT/FOREST MANAGEMENT SECTOR
Appendix A Part A - Classification and skill level
definitions for the sector.
Appendix A Part 2 - Special rates and conditions for
pit-timber cutters
APPENDIX B ¾
MILLING AND PROCESSING SECTOR
Classification and skill level definitions for the sector
APPENDIX C ¾
BOARD, PANEL AND VENEER SECTOR
Classification and skill level definitions for the sector
APPENDIX D ¾
MANUFACTURING, FURNITURE AND JOINERY SECTOR
Appendix D Part 1 - Classification and skill level
definitions for the manufacturing/joinery section
Appendix D Part 2 - Special rates and conditions for
Furniture manufacturers
Appendix D Part 3 - Special rates and conditions of sporting
goods section
APPENDIX E ¾
MERCHANDISING AND RETAIL SECTOR
Classification and skill level definitions for the sector
APPENDIX F ¾
FOREST AND BUILDING PRODUCTS (STATE) TRAINING WAGE APPENDIX
APPENDIX A ¾
HARVESTING AND ENVIRONMENT/FOREST MANAGEMENT SECTOR
PART 1 ¾
CLASSIFICATION AND SKILL LEVEL DEFINITIONS FOR THE HARVESTING AND
ENVIRONMENT/FOREST MANAGEMENT SECTOR
Notwithstanding anything elsewhere contained in this award,
the following definitions are intended to convey the broad intent of the
parties as to the relative skills, responsibilities, and conditions under which
employees at each level will work.
The provisions of the Sawmillers, &c. (State) Award as
varied, shall apply to persons performing work provided for in this appendix
unless such provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this appendix.
1.1 Forestry -
Level 1 - Relativity to Level 5 - 78%.
1.1.1 General -
1.1.1(a) Criteria
for extension of term in Level 1 beyond three months - A worker who enters the
industry and is unable to meet the competency requirements of Level 2 will
remain in Level 1 for a maximum of three months unless an extension for up to a
further three months is agreed by the employer and the employee, and the union
where the employee is a union member. Extension of the term of Level 1 beyond
three months will only be considered when:
1.1.1(a)(i) the employee
has participated in a structured and documented skill development programme
which sets out and covers the standards of competence the Level 1 worker is
required to achieve for progression to Level 2;
1.1.1(a)(ii) any
deficiencies in the performance of the employee during the skill development
programme have been described clearly to the employee at the time they have
occurred and standards for acceptable performance have been made clear to the
employee;
1.1.1(a)(iii) suitable
conditions have been provided for training including sufficient time,
appropriate environment and equipment and a skilled trainer; and
1.1.1(a)(iv) given
the above, the employee has not reached the standards of competence set down in
the skill development programme.
1.1.1(b) Process
for extension of the term in Level 1 beyond three months - Where an employer
proposes that the term an employee will spend in Level 1 should be extended
beyond three months the following actions will be taken at least three weeks
before the expiration of the initial three months:
1.1.1(b)(i) the
employee will be advised in writing. This advice will set out clearly the areas
where the employee has not reached the competency standards required for
progression to Level 2 and are set out in the skill development programme;
1.1.1(b)(ii) where
the employee is a member of the union a copy of the advice to the employee will
be sent to the relevant branch secretary of the union at the same time as it is
provided to the employee;
1.1.1(b)(iii) subsequent
to the advice of intention to extend the period in Level 1 beyond three months
being issued a meeting will be held between the employer and the employee and a
full-time official of the union or their nominee where the employee is a union
member. At this meeting the parties will develop and agree on a plan (including
time frames) to assist the employee to develop competence to the required
standard in the areas identified as deficient agreed with by the employee. This
plan will be documented and signed by all parties - that is the employer, the
employee and the union official where the employee is a union member;
1.1.1(b)(iv) the
employee (and the branch office of the union if the employee is a union member)
will be notified immediately by the employer if any further problems arise
during this extension period.
1.1.1(b)(v) A Level
1 worker:
1. will
complete a program of induction training;
2. will
complete a program of skills training to meet the requirement of being able to
competently perform work within the scope of Level 2; and
3. where
required by Statute or Regulation will obtain the necessary licenses, permits
or other authorisations prior to progression to the next level.
1.1.2 General
description of skills required - A Level 1 worker will exercise the following
skills:
1.1.2(a) the
ability to follow instructions;
1.1.2(b) manual
handling skills; and
1.1.2(c) the
ability to follow standards and procedures.
1.1.3 General
description of knowledge required - A Level 1 worker will develop the following:
1.1.3(a) broad
knowledge of the industry Sector and operations at the enterprise level;
1.1.3(b) broad
understanding of all functions carried out in the enterprise;
1.1.3(c) understanding
of health and safety regulations and procedures relevant to the level;
1.1.3(d) an
understanding of the employment conditions set out in the award, and enterprise
policies and procedures relating to conditions;
1.1.3(e) knowledge
of the resource used in the Sector; and
1.1.3(f) knowledge of the
range and uses of basic hand tools.
1.1.4 Induction
training - Introduction training will include the following:
1.1.4(a) Basic
Occupational Health and Safety;
1.1.4(b) First-aid;
1.1.4(c) Conditions
of Employment; and
1.1.4(d) Company
policies and objectives.
1.1.5 Level of
responsibility - Workers at Level 1 will work under direct supervision at all
times and will be expected to exercise minimal judgement.
1.2 Forestry -
Level 2 - Relativity to Level 5 - 82%.
1.2.1 General - An
employee at this level performs work above and beyond the skills of a Level 1
employee and is competent to perform work within the scope of this level.
At this level an employee:
1.2.1(a) Will
have a broad general knowledge of the industry and the functions carried out in
the workplace.
1.2.1(b) Works
under direct supervision either individually or in a team environment.
1.2.1(c) Understands
and undertakes basic quality control/assurance procedures including the ability
to recognise basic quality deviations/faults.
1.2.1(d) Understands
and utilises basic environmental procedures in accordance with relevant Forest
Codes of Practice.
1.2.1(e) May
assist skilled trainers in the provision of on-the-job training.
1.2.1(f) Should be given
the opportunity to participate in ongoing skills training to enable progress to
Level 3.
1.2.2 Indicative
tasks - An employee at this level will perform any or all of the tasks listed
below and will be expected after suitable training to operate flexibly between
work stations at this level.
1.2.2(a) Landing
builder or repairer.
1.2.2(b) Operates
a chainsaw at a basic level ancillary to normal duties.
1.2.2(c) Crosscut
and trim logs on the landing/dump.
1.2.2(d) Segregation
of logs and sleepers.
1.2.2(e) Loader
trimming and cutting logs in Pine Plantations.
1.2.2(f) Loader or turner
sleepers over 1.5 metres long.
1.2.2(g) Pulpwood
cutter and/or splitter
1.2.2(h) Spar
or plank road builder.
1.2.2(i) Woodcutter for
charcoal or firewood.
1.2.2(j) Log Measurer.
1.2.3 General
description of skills required - In addition to those outlined in Level 1:
1.2.3(a) manual
handling skills;
1.2.3(b) the
ability to make judgements by eye of size and shape;
1.2.3(c) ability
to use hand power tools safely; and
1.2.3(d) problem
solving skills.
1.2.4 General description
of knowledge required - In addition to that outlined in Level 1:
1.2.4(a) awareness
and understanding of relevant Forest Codes of Practice;
1.2.4(b) basic
knowledge of timber use and value;
1.2.4(c) awareness
of occupational health and safety procedures; and
1.2.4(d) knowledge
of the functions and use of hand tools and base technology
saws/machine/equipment for this level.
1.2.5 Level of
responsibility - An employee at this level will be:
1.2.5(a) responsible
for identifying and solving minor problems which occur in the work process the
Level 2 worker is directly responsible for;
1.2.5(b) required
to work to predetermined standards and outcomes; and
1.2.5(c) responsible
for keeping own work area safe and clean.
1.2.6 Promotional
criteria - An employee remains at this level until capable of effectively
performing through assessment or appropriate certification the tasks required
of the next level so as to enable progress as a position becomes available.
1.3 Forestry -
Level 3 - Relativity to Level 5 - 87.4%.
1.3.1 General - An
employee at this level performs work above and beyond the skills of an employee
at Level 2 and is competent to perform work within the scope of this level.
At this level an employee:
1.3.1(a) Is
responsible for the quality of own work subject to general supervision.
1.3.1(b) Works
under general supervision either individually or in a team environment.
1.3.1(c) Exercises
discretion within own level of skills and training.
1.3.1(d) Operates
flexibly between landing/dump and machines.
1.3.1(e) May
assist skilled trainers in the provision of on-the-job training.
1.3.1(f) Understands and
utilises environmental control procedures in accordance with relevant Forest
Codes of Practice.
1.3.1(g) Should
be given the opportunity to participate in ongoing skills training to enable
progress to Level 4.
1.3.2 Indicative
tasks - An employee at this level will perform any or all of the tasks listed
below and will be expected after suitable training to operate flexibly between
work stations at this level.
1.3.2(a) Operate
mechanical debarking equipment.
1.3.2(b) Operate
chipping machines.
1.3.2(c) Operate
log splitting machine.
1.3.2(d) Offsider
to logging tractor or bulldozer driver.
1.3.2(e) Faller
- Pine Plantation.
1.3.2(f) Pole Handler.
1.3.2(g) Operate
and maintain chain saws.
Note: Employees must hold appropriate
licence/certification.
1.3.3 General
description of skills required - In addition to those outlined in Level 2:
1.3.3(a) ability
to interpret and follow plans and procedures;
1.3.3(b) problem
solving skills;
1.3.3(c) ability
to operate machinery/saws/equipment according to prescribed procedures and
standards appropriate to this level.
1.3.3(d) ability
to grade timber according to obvious defects and to exercise quality control;
1.3.3(e) ability
to record simple information on lengths and species of timber in writing.
1.3.4 General
description of knowledge required - In addition to that outlined in Level 2:
1.3.4(a) awareness
and understanding of relevant Forest Codes of Practice;
1.3.4(b) knowledge
of product specifications, their value, and what products they can be used for;
1.3.4(c) knowledge
of the functions and use of saws, machines and equipment for this level;
1.3.4(d) knowledge
of health and safety procedures/regulations appropriate to this level;
1.3.4(e) knowledge
of the industry standards for tasks performed at this level; and
1.3.4(f) knowledge of
quality control standards appropriate to this level.
1.3.5 Level of
responsibility -
1.3.5(a) An
employee at this level will operate under general direction for the whole job.
Individual tasks will be completed according to clear, set procedures and
standards. An employee will be responsible for the quality of work within these
limits.
1.3.5(b) The
employee will also be responsible for identifying and solving problems which
occur in the work process the Level 3 worker is directly responsible for, and
for identifying and reporting problems outside own work process.
1.3.6 Promotional
criteria - An employee remains at this level until capable of effectively
performing through assessment or appropriate certification the tasks required
of the next level so as to enable progress as a position becomes available.
1.4 Forestry -
Level 4 - Relativity to Level 5 - 92.4%.
1.4.1 General - An
employee at this level performs work above and beyond the skills of an employee
at Level 3 and is competent to perform work within the scope of this level.
At this level an employee:
1.4.1(a) Works
from complex instructions and procedures.
1.4.1(b) May
assist skilled trainers in the provision of on-the-job training.
1.4.1(c) Works
in a team environment or works individually under general supervision.
1.4.1(d) Is
responsible for assuring the quality of work in own area.
1.4.1(e) Ensures
application of sound forest environmental practices in accordance with relevant
Forest Codes of Practice.
1.4.1(f) Should be given
the opportunity to participate in ongoing skills training to enable progress to
Level 5.
1.4.2 Indicative
tasks - An employee at this level will perform any or all of the tasks listed
below. They will be expected after suitable training to operate flexibly
between work stations at this level.
1.4.2(a) Operation
of mobile equipment appropriate to this level up to and including 13,500 kg.
1.4.2(b) Operator
of tree harvester.
1.4.2(c) Operator
of bucker - limber - buncher machine (LOGMA).
1.4.2(d) Faller
who works alone, selects trees and sharpens own saws.
1.4.2(e) Faller
other.
1.4.2(f) Operates and maintains
chipping machines.
1.4.2(g) Pole
dresser.
1.4.2(h) Performs
non-trade carpentry functions.
1.4.2(i) Spotter at spot
mills.
Note: Employees
must hold appropriate licences/certification.
1.4.3 General
description of skills required - In addition to that outlined in Level 3:
1.4.3(a) ability
to set up and adjust machines;
1.4.3(b) ability
to drive and operate mobile machinery;
1.4.3(c) ability
to complete simple clerical tasks;
1.4.3(d) problem
solving skills;
1.4.3(e) ability
to select suitable methods for completing tasks and plan the order in which to
complete them; and
1.4.3(f) ability
to assess timber for cutting giving regard to quality and the purpose it will
be used for.
1.4.4 General
description of knowledge required - In addition to that outlined in Level 3:
1.4.4(a) awareness
and understanding of relevant Forest Codes of Practice;
1.4.4(b) knowledge
of saws, machinery and equipment used at this level;
1.4.4(c) knowledge
of health and safety legislation and procedures appropriate to this level; and
1.4.4(d) knowledge
of the industry standards for tasks performed at this level.
1.4.5 Level of
responsibility -
1.4.5(a) An
employee at this level will operate under general direction for the whole job.
In completing individual tasks an employee will work to set standards. An
employee will be responsible for the quality of work in own area.
1.4.5(b) The
employee will also be responsible for identifying and solving problems which
occur in the work process the Level 4 worker is directly responsible for, and
in conjunction with other for identifying and solving problems in the work
area.
1.4.6 Promotional
criteria - An employee remains a this level until capable of effectively
performing through assessment or appropriate certification the tasks required
of the next level so as to enable progress as a position becomes available.
1.5 Forestry -
Level 5 - Relativity to Level 5 - 100%.
1.5.1 General - A
Harvesting employee (Level 5) is an employee who applies the skills acquired
through the successful completion of a requisite certification relating to
plant and equipment utilised in Forest Harvesting.
An Employee at this level performs work above and
beyond the skills of an employee at Level 4 and is competent to perform work
within the scope of this level.
At this level an employee:
1.5.1(a) Understands
and applies quality control techniques.
1.5.1(b) Exercises
good interpersonal and communication skills.
1.5.1(c) Exercises
discretion within the scope of this grade.
1.5.1(d) Performs
work under limited supervision either individually or in a team environment.
1.5.1(e) Conducts
training in conjunction with a skilled trainer as required.
1.5.1(f) Ensures
application of sound forest environmental practices in accordance with Forest
Codes of Practice.
1.5.2 Indicative
tasks - An employee at this level will perform any or all of the tasks listed
below and will be expected after suitable training to operate flexibly between
work stations at this level.
1.5.2(a) Able
to inspect logs for conformity with established operational standards (grade
and segregate).
1.5.2(b) Operates
harvesting and extraction equipment in a mechanical harvesting environment
appropriate to this level.
1.5.2(c) Operation
of mobile equipment to a level higher than Level 4 over 13,500 kg.
1.5.2(d) Fall
and process trees of any species which are possible to work safely.
1.5.2(e) Broad
axeperson.
1.5.2(f) Adzeperson.
1.5.2(g) Axeperson
employed using chopping axe taking off bark and lumps from logs for use in
veneer mills.
1.5.2(h) Rigger
or tree climber.
1.5.2(i) Head
faller.
1.5.2(j) Forwarder
log handling machine.
1.5.2(k) Operator
of grapple saw.
1.5.3 General
description of skills required - In addition to those outlined in Level 4:
1.5.3(a) ability
to make decisions regarding work processes and implement them in own work area;
1.5.3(b) ability
to use judgement based on experience to optimise productivity in own work area;
1.5.3(c) ability
to supervise workers in the training situation;
1.5.3(d) ability
to set up, operate and monitor mechanical equipment used in work area;
1.5.3(e) ability
to work to standards requiring precision and attention to detail; and
1.5.3(f) problem
solving skills.
1.5.4 General
description of knowledge required - In addition to that outlined in Level 4:
1.5.4(a) awareness
and understanding of relevant Forest Codes of Practice;
1.5.4(b) detailed
knowledge of the sector and work undertaken at the enterprise;
1.5.4(c) understanding
of quality control techniques;
1.5.4(d) knowledge
of industry standards for product and/or materials;
1.5.4(e) thorough
knowledge of equipment/machinery used in the work area;
1.5.4(f) knowledge
of occupational health, safety techniques and legislation for work undertaken
at this level;
1.5.4(g) detailed
knowledge of product used; and
1.5.4(h) knowledge
of training principles and practices.
1.5.5 Level of
responsibility -
1.5.5(a) An
employee at this level has greater responsibility than at Level 4 in that the
employee may be responsible for the work of others through the monitoring role.
The employee will be responsible for work outcomes regarding quantity and
quality in own area, including own work and the work of others. The employee
may be required to supervise others in groups in the training situation. An
employee at this level will be required to exercise discretion in the planning
and carrying out of work.
1.5.5(b) The
employee will also be responsible, with others, for identifying and solving
problems in their work areas; if supervising others for initiating,
coordinating and monitoring problem solving in own work area; for identifying
and reporting problems in other work areas where they affect activity in own
work area.
PART 2 ¾
SPECIAL RATES AND CONDITIONS FOR PIT-TIMBER CUTTERS
Except as to subclause 25.18 - Accident pay, 36,
Personal/carers leave, 43, Public holidays, 27, Hours - Day Work and 29 -
Overtime, Saturday, Sunday and holiday payments, in lieu of the rates and
conditions in clauses 1 to 47 (both inclusive) of this award the following
rates and conditions shall apply to pit-timber cutters and pit-timber workers
obtaining timber for coal mines.
Arbitrated safety net adjustments - The rates of pay in this
appendix include the arbitrated safety net adjustment payable under the State
Wage Case decision - 2000. This
arbitrated safety net adjustment may be offset against any equivalent amount in
rates of pay received by employees whose wages and conditions of employment are
regulated by this award which are above the wage rates prescribed in the
award. Absorption which is contrary to
the terms of an agreement is not required.
Increases made under previous State Wage Case principles or
under the current Statement of Principles, excepting those resulting from
enterprise agreements, are not to be used to offset arbitrated safety net
adjustments.
1. Prices
1.1 The minimum
prices payable by respondents to timber cutters engaged on piecework cutting
timber for coal mines covered by this
Appendix shall be as set out in the Schedule annexed hereto.
1.2 Where logs
are delivered to mills adjacent to and under the control of collieries or on
colliery property, the rates to be paid shall be $13.55 per cubic metre.
1.3 The basis of
the rates of pay herein as to piecework Timber cutters are as follows:
|
Per week
|
|
$
|
|
|
Base rate
|
400.75
|
25 per cent piecework loading
|
100.20
|
|
500.95
|
|
|
Equipment allowance
|
90.60
|
Disability allowance
|
17.40
|
Total:
|
608.95
|
2. Wage Rates -
Adults
2.1 An adult
employee of a classification specified in the table set out herein shall be
paid not less than the rate per week assigned to that classification for the
area in which the employee is working.
|
|
BROADBANDED
|
Number
|
Classifications
|
Group
|
Base rate
|
1
|
timber cutter driver
|
3
|
400.40
|
2
|
of a motor lorry or wagon
|
|
|
|
carrying pit-timber shall be
|
|
|
|
paid the relevant rate per
|
|
|
|
week, prescribed in
|
|
|
|
classification 6, Wage
|
|
|
|
rates of the award in force
|
|
|
|
from time to time
|
|
|
|
Offsider to driver of motor
|
|
|
|
lorry or wagon shall be
|
|
|
|
paid the wages as provided
|
|
|
|
by classification 6, of the award in force
|
|
|
|
from time to time
|
|
|
3
|
Tractor driver
|
5
|
440.20
|
2.2 Indexation
of overaward payments - It is recommended that in circumstances where the wage
rates prescribed by clause 3 of this appendix are increased by order of a Full
Bench of the Commission to reflect movements in the Consumer Price Index as a
result of State Wage/Wage Indexation Cases employers party to the award should
apply the Indexation increase to an employee’s actual rate of pay as defined
hereunder unless the Commission in the State Wage/Wage Indexation Case
concerned indicates an attitude that overaward payments should not be so
adjusted.
Actual rate of pay is defined as the total amount an
employee would normally receive for performing 38 hours of ordinary work.
Provided that such rate shall expressly
exclude overtime, penalty rates, disability allowance, shift allowance,
special rates, fare and travelling time allowance and any other ancillary
payments of a like nature. Provided
further that this definition shall not include production bonuses and other
methods of payment by results which by virtue of their basis of calculation
already produce the results intended by this clause.
3. Equipment
Allowance
Cutters, other than piecework cutters who supply their own
equipment, shall be paid the equipment allowance prescribed by clause 1(c)
hereof.
4. Disability
Allowance
In addition to the weekly amounts prescribed in clause 2
above, employees working (a) in the open in forest locations and (b) without
amenities such as change-rooms, lunch-rooms, lockers, lavatories and washing
facilities, shall be paid an allowance at the rate of $17.40 per week which
shall be treated as part of the ordinary wage for the purposes of this award.
This allowance is intended as compensation to cover the
factors mentioned in (b) above and other factors which arise from (a) above
such as working at isolated and undeveloped locations, difficult terrain and
undergrowth, exposure to extremes of heat, cold and wind and wet, dusty and
muddy conditions.
5. Annual Leave
5.1 Weekly wage
employees -
5.1.1 Except as
hereinafter provided, a period of twenty consecutive working days leave shall
be allowed annually to weekly wage employees after twelve months’ continuous
service (less the period of annual leave).
5.1.2 Payment of
annual leave for pieceworkers other than casuals shall be based on the
following amounts:
|
$
|
|
|
Total wage of $394.20 plus supplementary payment of $45.40
|
439.60
|
25 per cent piecework loading
|
109.90
|
|
549.50
|
|
|
Equipment allowance
|
90.60
|
Disability allowance
|
17.40
|
|
|
Total:
|
657.50
|
5.1.3 Any weekly wage
employee who has worked not less than one month continuously shall be allowed
annual leave proportionately to the period worked.
5.1.4 If after one
month’s continuous service a weekly wage employee leaves the employment or the
employment is terminated by the employer, the employee shall be paid for annual
leave at the rate of 2.923 hours in respect of each completed week of service,
being service in respect of which leave has not been granted in accordance with
this clause.
5.1.5 The annual
leave shall be allowed and shall be taken and, except as provided by clause
5.1.4 hereof, payment shall not be made or accepted in lieu of annual leave.
5.1.6 For the purpose
of calculating annual leave, the annual leave year shall be deemed to have
commenced on 1 January in each year.
5.1.7 Payment for
annual leave shall be made on the last pay day before the commencement of such
leave.
5.1.8 An employee
with twelve months’ continuous service shall be granted five days leave at
Easter time (i.e. Easter Thursday and the Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and
Friday in the week immediately following Easter Monday) and the balance of the
entitlement to annual leave shall be granted during the period annual leave is
taken by employees in the mining industries in the relevant district; provided
that an employee who is not entitled to the full period of leave prescribed by
this clause may be stood down without pay for any part of either of the
relevant periods of annual leave for which the employee is not otherwise
entitled to be paid.
5.1.9 Payment for
annual leave for weekly wage employees shall be at the actual weekly rate being
received by the employee immediately before the commencement of the leave or
the termination of the employment, as the case may be, but exclusive of any
allowance for travelling, camping, tools or equipment provided.
5.1.10 In addition to
the payment prescribed by clause 5.1.9 hereof weekly wage employees shall
receive during the period of annual leave a loading of 17-1/2 per cent
calculated at the rate prescribed by clause 2 of this appendix for the
classification applicable to the work at which the employee was ordinarily employed
immediately prior to the commencement of such leave provided however that the
loading shall not apply to proportionate leave on termination.
5.2 Permanent
pieceworkers -
5.2.1 Pieceworkers
other than casuals shall be entitled to annual leave or pro rata payment
therefore in accordance with the provision of
clause 5.1 hereof relating to weekly wage employees.
5.2.2 Payment for
annual leave for pieceworkers other than casuals shall be based upon the total
weekly rate of pay prescribed by clause 1.2 of this appendix.
5.2.3 In addition to
the payment prescribed by clause 5.2.2 hereof permanent pieceworkers shall be
paid a loading of 17-1/2 per cent calculated in accordance with the provisions
of the said clause 5.2.2 hereof.
5.3 Casual
pieceworkers - Casual pieceworkers who have earned for piecework in the holiday
year at least four times the current weekly wage prescribed by clause 1.2 of
this appendix shall be paid pro rata annual leave payment at the rate of eight
cents in the dollar earned as wages for cutting and snigging in the holiday
year.
Such payment shall be made at the time of taking annual
leave by employees within the industry.
6. Travelling
Allowance
6.1 A weekly
wage employee engaged to work at a place over three kilometres but less than 32
kilometres distant from the employee’s place of residence shall be paid $1.85
per day as travelling expenses for daily journeys from the employee’s residence
to work and return.
6.2 A weekly
wage employee engaged to work at a place 32 kilometres or more from the
employee’s place of residence shall be paid $2.80 per day as travelling
expenses for daily journeys from the employee’s place of residence to work and
return.
6.3 A
pieceworker engaged to work at a place over three kilometres distant from the
pieceworker’s place of residence shall be paid a travelling allowance based on
6.8 cents in the dollar earned per day for daily journeys from the
pieceworker’s place of residence to work and return.
6.4 The
provisions of clauses 6.1, 6.2 and 6.3 hereof shall not apply when the employer
makes suitable provision for transport.
6.5 Where an
employer provides transport, it shall, when taking employees to and from their
work, consist of a suitable covered-in vehicle with seating accommodation and
with adequate protection from the weather by some suitable weather-resisting
material.
7. Camping
Allowance
7.1 Where an
employer provides suitable camping facilities all employees who are required to
camp by direction of the employer shall be paid camping allowance of $3.80 for
each working day they are so required to remain in camp, Monday to Thursday
inclusive.
7.2 Where
suitable camping facilities are not provided by the employer and an employee is
required by the employer to camp and in addition provide personal camping
equipment and gear, the employee shall
be paid an allowance of $13.25 per working day Monday to Thursday inclusive;
such amount shall be in lieu of, and not cumulative upon, the amount prescribed
in clause 7.1 hereof.
7.3 Where an
employee is requested by the employer to remain encamped for a day or days in
excess of those set out above, the allowance of $3.80 or $13.25 per day, as the
case may be, shall be payable for all such days that the employee complies with
the request of the employer.
7.4 The
allowance in this clause shall not be wages.
7.5 Where
employees are camped under the provision of this clause, the employer shall
transport fresh water and employees, provisions free of charge.
SCHEDULE
MINIMUM PRICES FOR PIECEWORK CUTTING AND SNIGGING
Item 1
1. The rates
for cutting and snigging round mining timbers shall be:
10 cm and under
|
-
|
$82.03 per cubic
metre
|
12 cm
|
-
|
$75.02 per cubic
metre
|
14 cm
|
-
|
$70.29 per cubic
metre
|
16 cm
|
-
|
$67.95 per cubic
metre
|
18 cm
|
-
|
$70.29 per cubic
metre
|
20 cm and over
|
-
|
$76.16 per cubic
metre
|
To calculate the cutting and snigging rate for any
individual item the above appropriate cubic metre rate shall be multiplied by
the volume of the item as set out in the volume tables included in the Forestry
Commission's "Schedule of Stumpage Rates for Round, Split, Hewn and
Miscellaneous Timbers".
Provided that in calculating the payment for round and
half-round mine timber including baulks any length not exactly a multiple of
0.2 metres shall be deemed to be the next higher multiple of 0.2 metres.
Where the diameter size is not exactly a multiple of two
centimetres it shall be deemed to be the next higher multiple of two
centimetres.
2. Where the
employer provides and/or maintains equipment for use by the employee the
following percentage deductions shall apply for various classified duties
within the general work structure:
Felling
|
Per cent
|
|
%
|
Chain saw allowance
|
5
|
Maintenance of chain saw
|
5
|
Loading machinery (where cutter assists to load)
|
4
|
Maintenance of loading machinery
|
1
|
Falling and measuring and cutting to length
|
20
|
Debarking
|
20
|
|
|
Snigging
|
Per cent
|
|
%
|
Forwarding machinery
|
7-1/2
|
Maintenance of forwarding machinery
|
2-1/2
|
Wages
|
10
|
Supply gear for snigging
|
20
|
Maintain snigging gear
|
5
|
When a cutter is not present during loading of the timber an
additional five per cent may be deducted. Timber must be transported to a place
readily accessible for loading and stacked ready for loading.
Where trucks are compelled to negotiate bad road areas a charge
for forwarding may be imposed by the employer.
Item 2
1. Where any
article is required to be squared on both sides to show a flat between 5
centimetres and 15 centimetres an additional rate of $0.8964 per metre shall be
paid over and above the rate for the article round.
2. Where any
article is required to be squared on both sides to indicate an equal distance
between flats at both ends an additional rate of $1.1529 per metre shall be
paid over and above the rate for the article round.
Item 3
Where it is required that the small end of a prop be
sharpened to a point measuring not less than twenty centimetres in length by
two centimetres square the following additional rates shall be paid:
10 cm prop
|
-
|
51.00 cents each
|
12 cm prop
|
-
|
66.36 cents each
|
14 cm prop
|
-
|
80.79 cents each
|
16 cm prop
|
-
|
94.03 cents each
|
18 cm prop (leg)
|
-
|
$1.0811 cents each
|
Where the large end is required to be pointed the next
larger diameter rate shall be paid.
Item 4
Where any colliery requires and specifies approved hardwood
or ironbark the rate paid shall be the hardwood rate plus 25 per cent.
Item 5
1. Sawn Mining
Timber - Where an employer provides, runs and maintains a sawmill and all
necessary equipment producing sawn mining timber, the following rates per cubic
metre shall be paid to piecework employees:
Slabs, Pit Sleepers, Lagging
|
Ordinary slabs
(not gauge cut)
|
Sawn square
(gauge cut)
|
|
$
|
$
|
Up to 150 cm2 end section
|
72.19 m3
|
85.32 m3
|
Over 150 cm2 end section
|
92.86 m3
|
115.83 m3
|
Railway Sleepers, Square Sleepers, Sets, Girders, Transoms
|
|
Ironbark and
|
|
|
Approved
|
|
Hardwood
|
Hardwood
|
|
$
|
$
|
Up to 225 cm2 end section
|
115.83 m3
|
131.86 m3
|
Over 225 cm2 end section
|
131.86 m3
|
154.77 m3
|
Lids
|
|
|
Up to 57 cm2 end section
|
$73.73 m3
|
|
Caps
|
|
|
Over 57 cm2 end section
|
$96.81 m3
|
|
Wedges
|
|
|
10 cm x 2.5 cm and over
|
$194.01 m3
|
|
The above rates when applicable, shall be paid, equally
divided, between all employees engaged in the production of the sawn timber
from logs landed at the mill site.
Calculation of cubic metre content shall be based on the
specified size required at each individual colliery.
2. Where an
employer requires an employee to provide, run and maintain equipment to produce
sawn mining timber the employer shall pay, in addition to the rates prescribed in
clause 1 hereof, the following equipment hiring allowance per cubic metre
calculated as per colliery specifications.
Slabs, pit sleepers, lagging caps, lids and wedges $35.69 m3
Railway sleepers,
squared sleepers, sets, girders and transoms
Up to 225 cm2 end
section
|
$53.84 m3
|
Over 225 cm2 end
section
|
$71.91 m3
|
3. Where
employees are engaged under clause 2 hereof the employer shall pay, direct to
the owners of the equipment, the appropriate equipment hiring allowance and
such allowance shall not be part of wages.
4. Where an
employer wishes to pay weekly wages to employees employed under clauses 1 and 2
hereof such payment shall be a matter of determination between the employer and
the union, where applicable, providing the basis of any agreement shall be the
award wage.
Item 6
Half round baulks - rate per pair (for halving only)
1. Payment
shall be calculated at the following cubic metre rate per pair for the sawing
of same:
16 x 18 cm
|
18 x 9 cm
|
20 x 10 cm
|
22 x 11 cm and
over
|
$26.56 m3
|
$23.10 m3
|
$20.79 m3
|
$18.46 m3
|
To calculate the cutting and snigging rate for any
individual item the above appropriate cubic metre rate shall be multiplied by
the volume of the item as set out in the volume tables included in the Forestry
Commission's "Schedules of Stumpage Rates for Round, Split, Hewn and
Miscellaneous Timbers".
2. The rates
set out in the above schedule include 20 per cent equipment hiring allowance.
3. Where the
employer finds, runs and maintains the mill, the employees employed on sawing
baulks to produce a pair of half round baulks shall be entitled to 80 per cent
only of the price per pair shown in the above schedule.
4. Where the
employee finds, runs and maintains the equipment the employee shall be paid the
rates set out in the above schedule, 80 per cent of such payment being wages
and 20 per cent equipment hire allowance.
Item 7
Special snigging rates
Rate per cubic metre
|
$
|
1. Logs (for conversion into sawn mining timber)
|
16.80
|
Sawn timber
|
28.42
|
2. Snigging rates
|
|
2.1 Where an
employee snigs mining timber a distance in excess of 1000 metres the rate paid
shall be the ordinary snigging rate plus 33-1/3 per cent, providing the
distance is not in excess of 2000 metres.
2.2 Where an
employee transports mining timber a distance in excess of 2000 metres to a dump
suitable for loading of the employer's particular vehicle and the employee
provides a truck or some other suitable vehicle for this purpose, the employee
shall be paid in addition to the ordinary snigging rate a rate equal to 50 per
cent of the current snigging rate; providing such distance does not exceed a
total of ten kilometres from the original falling site of timber.
Item 8
Wedges, Lids, Caps, Props and Half Round Bars - Bundling Per
100 Pieces
|
Wages
$
|
Gear Allowance
$
|
Total
$
|
Wedges
|
2.82
|
0.65
|
3.47
|
Lids
|
3.81
|
0.88
|
4.69
|
Caps
|
4.68
|
1.08
|
5.76
|
Props all sizes
|
44.48
|
10.44
|
54.92
|
Half round bars
|
44.48
|
10.44
|
54.92
|
Item 9
Drilling of Holes ¾ Right Angle ¾ Rate Per 100 Holes
|
Wages
$
|
Gear Allowance
$
|
Total
$
|
Up to 2.5 cm diameter
|
29.18
|
6.72
|
35.90
|
Over 2.5 cm to 3.15cm
|
38.85
|
8.95
|
47.80
|
Over 3.15cm to 3.75 cm
|
73.04
|
16.83
|
89.87
|
Over 3.75cm
|
97.36
|
22.44
|
119.80
|
Holes Drilled Other Than at Right Angles ¾ Rate
Per 100 Holes
|
Wages
$
|
Gear Allowance
$
|
Total
$
|
Up to 2.5 cm diameter
|
38.87
|
8.84
|
47.71
|
Over 2.5 cm to 3.15cm
|
63.05
|
14.58
|
77.63
|
Over 3.15cm to 3.75 cm
|
90.17
|
22.44
|
112.61
|
Over 3.75cm
|
124.02
|
28.04
|
152.06
|
Item 10
Cartage Rates for Owner Drivers
Where any employer engages an owner driver to haul mining
timber to any location the following zonal rates of cartage shall apply per
cubic metre.
Such cubic metre measure shall be calculated similarly as
those designated by the Forestry Commission of NSW and as contained in the
volume covering the schedules of Stumpage rates for Round, Split, Hewn and
Miscellaneous Timbers based on the following schedules.
Radius distance
|
|
Forestry schedule
|
Miles
|
Kilometres
|
applicable
|
|
|
|
0/25
|
0/40
|
43
|
Over 25/37
|
Over 40/60
|
46
|
Over 37/50
|
Over 60/80
|
48
|
Over 50/62
|
Over 80/100
|
49
|
Over 62/75
|
Over 100/120
|
50
|
Over 75/87
|
Over 120/140
|
52
|
Over 87/100
|
Over 140/160
|
53
|
Over 100/112
|
Over 160/180
|
54
|
Over 112/125
|
Over 180/200
|
55
|
Over 125/137
|
Over 200/220
|
56
|
Over 137/150
|
Over 220/240
|
58
|
Over 150/162
|
Over 240/260
|
59
|
Over 162/175
|
Over 260/280
|
60
|
Over 175/187
|
Over 280/300
|
61
|
Over 187/200
|
Over 300/320
|
62
|
Over 200/212
|
Over 320/340
|
64
|
Over 212/225
|
Over 340/360
|
67
|
Over 225/237
|
Over 360/380
|
71
|
Over 237/250
|
Over 380/400
|
74
|
Over 250/262
|
Over 400/420
|
78
|
Over 262/275
|
Over 420/440
|
82
|
Over 275/287
|
Over 440/460
|
85
|
Over 287/300
|
Over 460/480
|
89
|
Over 300/312
|
Over 480/500
|
92
|
Over 312/325
|
Over 500/520
|
96
|
Over 325/337
|
Over 520/540
|
100
|
Over 337/350
|
Over 540/560
|
103
|
APPENDIX B - Milling and Processing Sector
1. Classification
and Skill Level ¾
Definitions for the Milling and Processing Sector
Notwithstanding anything elsewhere contained in this award,
the following definitions are intended to convey the broad intent of the
parties as to the relative skills, responsibilities and conditions under which
employees at each level will work.
The provisions of the Sawmillers, &c. (State) Award as
varied, shall apply to persons performing work provided for in this appendix
unless such provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this appendix.
1.1 Milling and
Processing - Level 1 - Relativity to Level 5 - 78%.
1.1.1 General -
1.1.1(a) Criteria
for extension of term in Level 1 beyond three months - A worker who enters the
industry and is unable to meet the competency requirements of Level 2 will
remain in Level 1 for a maximum of three months unless an extension for up to a
further three months is agreed by the employer and the employee, and the union
where the employee is a union member. Extension of the term of Level 1 beyond
three months will only be considered when:
1.1.1(a)(i) the
employee has participated in a structured and documented skill development
programme which sets out and covers the standards of competence the Level 1
worker is required to achieve for progression to Level 2;
1.1.1(a)(ii) any
deficiencies in the performance of the employee during the skill development
programme have been described clearly to the employee at the time they have
occurred and standards for acceptable performance have been made clear to the
employee;
1.1.1(a)(iii) suitable
conditions have been provided for training including sufficient time,
appropriate environment and equipment and a skilled trainer; and
1.1.1(a)(iv) given
the above, the employee has not reached the standards of competence set down in
the skill development programme.
1.1.1(b) Process
for extension of the Term in Level 1 beyond three months - Where an employer
proposes that the term an employee will spend in Level 1 should be extended
beyond three months the following actions will be taken at least three weeks
before the expiration of the initial three months:
1.1.1(b)(i) the
employee will be advised in writing. This advice will set out clearly the areas
where the employee has not reached the competency standards required for
progression to Level 2 and are set out in the skill development programme;
1.1.1(b)(ii) where
the employee is a member of the union a copy of the advice to the employee will
be sent to the relevant branch secretary of the union at the same time as it is
provided to the employee;
1.1.1(b)(iii) subsequent
to the advice of intention to extend the period in Level 1 beyond three months
being issued, a meeting will be held between the employer and the employee and
a full-time official of the union or their nominee where the employee is a
union member. At this meeting the parties will develop and agree on a plan
(including time frames) to assist the employee to develop competence to the
required standard in the areas identified as deficient agreed with by the
employee. This plan will be documented and signed by all parties - that is the
employer, the employee and the union official where the employee is a union
member;
1.1.1(b)(iv) the
employee (and the branch office of the union if the employee is a union member)
will be notified immediately by the employer if any further problems arise
during this ‘extension period’.
1.1.1(b)(v) A Level
1 worker:
1. will
complete a program of induction training;
2. will
complete a program of skills training to meet the requirement of being able to
competently perform work within the scope of Level 2.
1.1.2 General
description of skills required - A Level 1 worker will exercise the following
skills:
1.1.2(a) the
ability to follow instructions;
1.1.2(b) manual
handling skills; and
1.1.2(c) the
ability to follow standards and procedures.
1.1.3 General
description of knowledge required - A Level 1 worker will develop the
following:
1.1.3(a) broad
knowledge of the industry Sector and operations at the enterprise level;
1.1.3(b) broad
understanding of all functions carried out in the enterprise;
1.1.3(c) understanding
of health and safety regulations and procedures relevant to the level;
1.1.3(d) an
understanding of the employment conditions set out in the award, and enterprise
policies and procedures relating to conditions;
1.1.3(e) knowledge
of the resource used in the Sector; and
1.1.3(f) knowledge
of the range and uses of basic hand tools.
1.1.4 Induction
training - Induction training will include the following:
1.1.4(a) basic
occupational health and safety;
1.1.4(b) first
aid;
1.1.4(c) conditions
of employment; and
1.1.4(d) company
policies and objectives.
1.1.5 Level of
responsibility - Workers at Level 1 will work under direct supervision at all
times and will be expected to exercise minimal judgment.
1.2 Milling and
Processing - Level 2 - Relativity to Level 5 - 82%.
1.2.1 General - An
employee at this level performs work above and beyond the skills of a Level 1
employee and is competent to perform work within the scope of this level.
At this level an employee:
1.2.1(a) Will
have a broad general knowledge of the Industry and the functions carried out in
the workplace.
1.2.1(b) Works
under direct supervision either individually or in a team environment.
1.2.1(c) Understands
and undertakes basic quality control/assurance procedures including the ability
to recognise basic quality deviations/faults.
1.2.1(d) Understands
and utilises basic process control procedures.
1.2.1(e) May
assist skilled trainers in the provision of on‑the‑job training.
1.2.1(f) Should
be given the opportunity to participate in ongoing skills training to enable to
progress to Level 3.
1.2.2 Indicative
tasks - An employee at this level will perform any or all of the tasks listed
below and will be expected after suitable training to operate flexibly between
work stations at this level:
1.2.2(a) sorts,
stacks and binds materials;
1.2.2(b) uses
selected hand tools;
1.2.2(c) racks
timber (manually or mechanically);
1.2.2(d) assemble
boxes and crates;
1.2.2(e) grades
round poles and peels posts for preservation;
1.2.2(f) operates
manual transfer equipment;
1.2.2(g) produces
beams using nail plates;
1.2.2(h) operates
a range of basic pre set wood machines as prescribed within the current
definitions of the award appropriate to this level.
1.2.2(i) assists
in preparing timber orders by selecting pre-cut timber from stocks; and
1.2.2(j) operates
chainsaw at a basic level ancillary to normal duties.
1.2.3 General
description of skills required - In addition to those outlined in Level 1:
1.2.3(a) manual
handling skills;
1.2.3(b) the
ability to make judgements by eye of size and shape;
1.2.3(c) ability
to operate basic, pre-set cutting equipment;
1.2.3(d) ability
to use hand power tools safely; and
1.2.3(e) problem
solving skills.
1.2.4 General
description of knowledge required - In addition to that outlined in Level 1:
1.2.4(a) basic
knowledge of timber use and value;
1.2.4(b) awareness
of occupational health and safety procedures for pre-set cutting equipment, and
other health and safety procedures; and
1.2.4(c) knowledge
of the functions and use of hand tools and base technology
saws/machine/equipment for this level.
1.2.5 Level of
responsibility - An employee at this level will be:
1.2.5(a) responsible
for identifying and solving minor problems which occur in the work process the
Level 2 worker is directly responsible for;
1.2.5(b) required
to work to predetermined standards and outcomes; and
1.2.5(c) responsible
for keeping own work area safe and clean.
1.2.6 Promotional
criteria - An employee remains at this level until capable of effectively
performing through assessment or appropriate certification the tasks required
of the next level so as to enable progress as a position becomes available.
1.3 Milling and
Processing - Level 3 - Relativity to Level 5 - 87.4%.
1.3.1 General - An
employee at this level performs work above and beyond the skills of an employee
at Level 2 and is competent to perform work within the scope of this level.
At this level an employee:
1.3.1(a) is
responsible for the quality of own work subject to general supervision;
1.3.1(b) works
under general supervision either individually or in a team environment;
1.3.1(c) exercises
discretion within own level of skills and training;
1.3.1(d) operates
flexibly between work stations and machines;
1.3.1(e) may
assist skilled trainers in the provision of on‑the‑job training;
and
1.3.1(f) should
be given the opportunity to participate in ongoing skills training to enable
progress to Level 4.
1.3.2 Indicative
tasks - An employee at this level will perform any or all of the tasks listed
below and will be expected after suitable training to operate flexibly between
work stations at this level:
1.3.2(a) preliminary
processing of logs;
1.3.2(b) operates
and maintains mechanical debarking equipment;
1.3.2(c) demonstrates
basic keyboard skills;
1.3.2(d) assembles
pallets, boxes and crates;
1.3.2(e) controls
the flow of materials through mill;
1.3.2(f) operates,
resets and maintains planing machines;
1.3.2(g) operates
recovery bench, breaking down rig (no sizing mode), bench controls;
1.3.2(h) operates
and maintains drilling machines, static press, snatcher, tilt hoist;
1.3.2(i) operates
and maintains chipping machines;
1.3.2(j) assists
breaking down sawyer;
1.3.2(k) sets
up single multi‑rip saws, band resaw and circular saws;
1.3.2(l) prepares
preservation solution and appropriate paperwork at the appropriate level;
1.3.2(m) operates
and maintains chainsaws to a higher level than level 2;
1.3.2(n) prepares
timber orders and tallies timber;
1.3.2(o) grades
timber visually according to quality;
(1)
1.3.2(p) operates
pulpwood processing equipment;
1.3.2(q) laminates,
fabricates or assembles timber, plywood and veneers;
1.3.2(r) assists
a tradesperson to carry out their duties;
1.3.2(s) sets
up and operates a range of wood machines as prescribed within the current
definitions of the award appropriate to this level;
1.3.2(t) operates
waste chipper/hogger;
1.3.2(u) sorts
on boardline or similar process;
1.3.2(v) operates
traverser machine;
1.3.2(w) tails
out moulder, planer or equivalent machinery and pulls out behind saw benches;
and
1.3.2(x) operates
docking and/or trim saws to eliminate defects.
NOTE: (1) Employees
must have completed a recognised grading course
1.3.3 General
description of skills required - In addition to those outlined in Level 2:
1.3.3(a) ability
to interpret and follow plans and procedures;
1.3.3(b) problem
solving skills;
1.3.3(c) ability
to operate machinery/saws/equipment according to prescribed procedures and
standards appropriate to this level;
1.3.3(d) ability
to grade timber according to obvious defects and to exercise quality control;
and
1.3.3(e) ability
to record in writing simple information relating to lengths and species of
timber.
1.3.4 General
description of knowledge required - In addition to that outlined in Level 2:
1.3.4(a) knowledge
of commonly used timbers, their value, and what products they can be used for;
1.3.4(b) knowledge
of storage, stacking and drying technique;
1.3.4(c) knowledge
of the functions and use of saws, machines and equipment for this level;
1.3.4(d) knowledge
of health and safety procedures/regulations appropriate to this level;
1.3.4(e) knowledge
of the industry standards for tasks performed at this level; and
1.3.4(f) knowledge
of quality control standards appropriate to this level.
1.3.5 Level of
responsibility -
1.3.5(a) An
employee at this level will operate under general direction for the whole job.
Individual tasks will be completed according to clear, set procedures and
standards. An employee will be responsible for the quality of work within these
limits.
1.3.5(b) The
employee will also be responsible for identifying and solving problems which
occur in the work process the Level 3 worker is directly responsible for, and
for identifying and reporting problems outside own work process.
1.3.6 Promotional
criteria - An employee remains at this level until capable of effectively
performing through assessment or appropriate certification the tasks required
of the next level so as to enable progress as a position becomes available.
1.4 Milling and
Processing - Level 4 - Relativity to Level 5 - 92.4%.
1.4.1 General - An
employee at this level performs work above and beyond the skills of an employee
at Level 3 and is competent to perform work within the scope of this level.
At this level an employee:
1.4.1(a) works
from complex instructions and procedures;
1.4.1(b) may
assist skilled trainers in provision of on‑the‑job training;
1.4.1(c) works
in a team environment or works individually under general supervision;
1.4.1(d) is
responsible for assuring the quality of work in own areas; and
1.4.1(e) should
be given the opportunity to participate in ongoing skills training to enable
progress to Level 5.
1.4.2 Indicative
tasks - An employee at this level will perform any or all of the tasks listed
below. They will be expected after suitable training to operate flexibly
between work stations at this level:
1.4.2(a) maintains
and fault finds on plant and equipment (including lubrication);
1.4.2(b) maintains
mill buildings;
1.4.2(c) performs
non-trade carpentry functions;
1.4.2(d) operates
and maintains mobile equipment (multi‑skilled operator ‑ loader,
forklift, crane); (1)
1.4.2(e) demonstrates
intermediate keyboard skills including CNC operations in saws and/or machines
where the operator controls one process only;
1.4.2(f) sets
up, monitors and operates twin edgers, single and double bandsaws, bench saw
not cutting to size;
1.4.2(g) operates
optimising docker (computerised) and finger jointer;
1.4.2(h) grades
timber (includes mechanical stress grader); (2)
1.4.2(i) undertakes
primary conversion of logs (no sizing);
1.4.2(j) analyses
log moisture content and select preservation method;
1.4.2(k) prepare
preservation solution and appropriate paperwork at the appropriate level;
1.4.2(l) loads/unloads
cylinder and monitors faulty operation at the appropriate level;
1.4.2(m) laminated
beam maker - responsible for setting up machine, setting out product and
operating machine other than on a continuous basis;
1.4.2(n) selects,
grades and marks materials for re-manufacture and from stock for filling
orders, including tallying, measuring and checking of complete orders and
compiling for dispatch;
1.4.2(o) operates
and maintains hydraulic debarking equipment;
1.4.2(p) attends
boiler/kilns as required and responsible for temperature readings and records;
1.4.2(q) sharpens
saws (with or without tensioning) chainsaws, hand tools, knives, grinds and
sharpens debarker/chipper blades and operates punching press for saws (without
tipping); and
1.4.2(r) operates
and maintains mechanical stacking and sorting equipment.
NOTE: (1) Employees must hold appropriate
licences/certification
(2) Employees must
have completed a recognised stress grading course
1.4.3 General
description of skills required - In addition to that outlined in Level 3:
1.4.3(a) ability
to set up and adjust machines to produce a specific product;
1.4.3(b) ability
to drive and operate mobile machinery;
1.4.3(c) ability
to complete simple clerical tasks;
1.4.3(d) problem
solving skills;
1.4.3(e) ability
to select suitable methods for completing tasks and plan the order in which to complete them; and
1.4.3(f) ability
to assess timber for cutting giving regard to quality and the purpose it will
be used for.
1.4.4 General
description of knowledge required - In addition to that outlined in Level 3:
1.4.4(a) knowledge
of saws, machinery and equipment used at this level;
1.4.4(b) knowledge
of health and safety legislation and procedures appropriate to this level; and
1.4.4(c) knowledge
of the industry standards for tasks performed at this level.
1.4.5 Level of
responsibility -
1.4.5(a) An
employee at this level will operate under general direction for the whole job.
In completing individual tasks an employee will work to set standards. An
employee will be responsible for the quality of work in own area.
1.4.5(b) The
employee will also be responsible for identifying and solving problems which
occur in the work process the Level 4 worker is directly responsible for, and
in conjunction with others for identifying and solving problems in the work
area.
1.4.6 Promotional
criteria - An employee remains at this level until capable of effectively
performing through assessment or appropriate certification the tasks required
of the next level so as to enable progress as a position becomes available.
1.5 Milling and
Processing - Level 5 - Relativity to Level 5 - 100%.
1.5.1 General
Timber Tradesperson
Milling and Processing Employee
An employee at this level works above and beyond an
employee at Level 4 and is competent to perform work within the scope of this
level.
At this level an employee:
1.5.1(a) understands
and applies quality control techniques;
1.5.1(b) exercises
good interpersonal and communication skills;
1.5.1(c) exercises
keyboard skills at a level higher than Level 4;
1.5.1(d) exercises
discretion within the scope of this grade;
1.5.1(e) performs
work under limited supervision either individually or in a team environment;
1.5.1(f) able
to inspect products and/or materials for conformity with established
operational standards; and
1.5.1(g) conducts
training in conjunction with a skilled trainer as required.
1.5.2 Timber
tradesperson - A Timber Tradesperson Level 5 is an employee who holds a Trade
Certificate or Tradespersons Rights Certificate as a:
1.5.2(a) Timber
Tradesperson - Sawdoctor;
1.5.2(b) Timber
Tradesperson ‑ Wood Machinist;
1.5.2(c) Timber
Tradesperson ‑ Millwright;
and is able to exercise the skills and knowledge of
that trade and may be required to supervise other employees.
1.5.3 Indicative
tasks - An employee at this level will perform any or all of the tasks listed
below and will be expected after suitable training to operate flexibly between
work stations at this level:
1.5.3(a) understands
and applies quality control techniques for self and others;
1.5.3(b) exercises
good interpersonal and communication skills;
1.5.3(c) exercises
keyboard skills at a level higher than Level 4;
1.5.3(d) exercises
discretion within the scope of this grade;
1.5.3(e) performs
work under limited supervision either individually or in a team environment;
1.5.3(f) operates
all lifting equipment incidental to own work;
1.5.3(g) performs
non‑trade tasks incidental to own work;
1.5.3(h) performs
work which, while primarily involving the skills of the employee’s trade, is
incidental or peripheral to the primary task and facilitates the completion of
the whole task; such incidental or peripheral work would not require additional
formal technical training; and
1.5.3(i) inspects
products and/or materials for conformity with established operational standards
as required.
1.5.4 Level of
responsibility -
1.5.4(a) An
employee at this level has greater responsibility than those at Level 4 in that
the employee may be responsible for the work of others through the monitoring
role. The employee will be responsible
for work outcomes regarding quantity and quality in own area, including own
work and the work of others. The
employee may be required to supervise others in groups in the training
situation. An employee at this level
will be required to exercise discretion in the planning and carrying out of
work.
1.5.4(b) The
employee will also be responsible, with others, for identifying and solving
problems in their work areas; if supervising others for initiating,
coordinating and monitoring problem solving in own work area; for identifying
and reporting problems in other work areas where they affect activity in own
work area.
1.5.5 Promotional
criteria - An employee remains at this level until capable of effectively
performing through assessment or appropriate certification the tasks required
of the next level so as to enable progress as a position becomes available.
1.6 Milling and
Processing Employee - Level 5 - Relativity to Level 5 - 100%.
1.6.1 General - An
employee at this level performs work above and beyond the skills of a Level 4
employee and is competent to perform work within the scope of this level.
At this level an employee:
1.6.1(a) understands
and applies quality control techniques;
1.6.1(b) exercises
good interpersonal and communication skills;
1.6.1(c) exercises
keyboard skills at a level higher than Level 4;
1.6.1(d) exercises
discretion within the scope of this grade;
1.6.1(e) performs
work under limited supervision either individually or in a team environment;
1.6.1(f) able
to inspect products and/or materials for conformity with established
operational standards; and
1.6.1(g) conducts
training in conjunction with a skilled trainer as required.
1.6.2 Indicative
tasks - An employee at this level will perform any or all of the tasks listed
below and will be expected after suitable training to operate flexibly between
work stations at this level:
1.6.2(a) operates
a breaking down rig (primary conversion with sizing);
1.6.2(b) operating
No. 1 bench;
1.6.2(c) supervision
of kiln operations;
1.6.2(d) hardens/tempers/beats
out saws;
1.6.2(e) weighs
and records loads of timber and maintains security of the premises;
1.6.2(f) operates
ship loading equipment;
1.6.2(g) laminated
beam maker - responsible for setting up machine, setting out product and operating machine on a continuous process;
and
1.6.2(h) sets
up and operates a range of wood machines within the current definitions of the
award appropriate to this level.
1.6.3 General
description of skills required - In addition to those outlined in Level 4:
1.6.3(a) ability
to make decisions regarding work processes and implement them in own work area;
1.6.3(b) ability
to use judgement based on experience to optimise productivity in own work area;
1.6.3(c) ability
to supervise workers in the training situation;
1.6.3(d) ability
to set up, operate and monitor mechanical and CNC equipment used in work area;
1.6.3(e) ability
to work to standards requiring precision and attention to detail; and
1.6.3(f) problem solving
skills.
1.6.4 General
description of knowledge required - In addition to that outlined in Level 4:
1.6.4(a) detailed
knowledge of the sector and work undertaken at the enterprise;
1.6.4(b) understanding
of quality control techniques;
1.6.4(c) knowledge
of industry standards for product and/or materials;
1.6.4(d) thorough
knowledge of equipment/machinery used in the work area;
1.6.4(e) knowledge
of occupational health, safety techniques and legislation for work undertaken
at this level;
1.6.4(f) detailed
knowledge of product used; and
1.6.4(g) knowledge
of training principles and practices.
1.6.5 Level of
responsibility -
1.6.5(a) An
employee at this level has greater responsibility than at Level 4 in that the
employee may be responsible for the work of others through the monitoring role.
The employee will be responsible for work outcomes regarding quantity and
quality in own area, including own work and the work of others. The employee
may be required to supervise others in groups in the training situation. An
employee at this level will be required to exercise discretion in the planning
and carrying out of work.
1.6.5(b) The
employee will also be responsible, with others, for identifying and solving
problems in their work areas; if supervising others for initiating,
coordinating and monitoring problem solving in own work area; for identifying
and reporting problems in other work areas where they affect activity in own
work area.
1.6.6 Promotional
criteria - An employee remains at this level until capable of effectively
performing through assessment or appropriate certification the tasks required
of the next level so as to enable progress as a position becomes available.
1.7 Milling and
Processing ‑ Level 6 - Relativity to Level 5 - 105%.
1.7.1 General -
Timber Tradesperson
Milling and Processing Employee
A Timber Tradesperson at this level works above and
beyond an employee at Level 5 and is competent to perform work within the scope
of this level.
At this level an employee:
1.7.1(a) understands
and applies quality control techniques;
1.7.1(b) exercises
good interpersonal and communication skills;
1.7.1(c) exercises
keyboard skills at a level higher than Level 5;
1.7.1(d) exercises
discretion within the scope of this grade;
1.7.1(e) performs
work under limited supervision either individually or in a team environment;
1.7.1(f) will
be responsible for planning own work and the work of others and for the
quantity and quality of the
results of that work; and
1.7.1(g) conducts
training as required.
1.7.2 Timber
tradesperson - A Timber Tradesperson Level 6 is a Saw Doctor Tradesperson who
has completed an appropriate post trade course in maintaining high tension saws
and stellite tipping or a Wood Machinist Tradesperson who has completed an
appropriate post trade course (or equivalent) in CNC and PLC machinery
operations and CAD design systems and is able to exercise the skills and
knowledge of that trade and may be required to supervise other employees.
1.7.3 Indicative
tasks - An employee at this level will perform any or all of the tasks listed
below and will be expected after suitable training to operate flexibly between
work stations at this level:
1.7.3(a) exercises
the skills attained through satisfactory completion of the training prescribed
for this classification subject to the standards of this award;
1.7.3(b) exercises
discretion within the scope of this grade;
1.7.3(c) works
under limited supervision either individually or in a team environment;
1.7.3(d) understands
and implements quality control techniques;
1.7.3(e) provides
trade guidance and assistance as part of a work team;
1.7.3(f) exercises
trade skills relevant to the specific requirements of the enterprise at a level
higher than Timber Tradesperson Level 5;
1.7.3(g) supervision
and training of employees as required; and
1.7.3(h) ability
to plan, conduct and evaluate training both on and off the job, one to one and
in groups.
1.7.4 Level of
responsibility - An employee at this level will be responsible in conjunction
with others for identifying and solving problems in own work area. If
supervising others the employee will be responsible for initiating,
coordinating and monitoring problem solving in own work area. The employee will
be responsible for identifying and reporting problems in other work areas where
they affect activity in own work area.
1.8 Milling and
Processing Employee - Level 6 - Relativity to Level 5 - 105%.
1.8.1 General - An
employee at this level performs work above and beyond the skills of a Level 5
Milling and Processing employee and is competent to perform work within the
scope of this level and has acquired skills recognised by the employer.
At this level an employee:
1.8.1(a) understands
and applies quality control techniques;
1.8.1(b) exercises
good interpersonal and communication skills;
1.8.1(c) exercises
keyboard skills at a level higher than Level 5;
1.8.1(d) exercises
discretion within the scope of this grade;
1.8.1(e) performs
work under limited supervision either individually or in a team environment;
1.8.1(f) will
be responsible for planning own work and the work of others and for the
quantity and quality of the results of that work; and
1.8.1(g) conducts
training as required.
1.8.2 Indicative
tasks - An employee at this level will perform any or all of the tasks listed
below and will be expected after suitable training to operate flexibly between
work stations at this level:
1.8.2(a) operates
a wide range of complex machines, saws and/or equipment in the work place;
1.8.2(b) exercises
the skills attained through satisfactory completion of the training prescribed
for this classification subject to the standards of this award;
1.8.2(c) exercises
discretion within the scope of this grade;
1.8.2(d) works
under limited supervision either individually or in a team environment;
1.8.2(e) understands
and implements quality control techniques;
1.8.2(f) supervision
and training of employees as required; and
1.8.2(g) ability
to plan, conduct and evaluate training both on and off the job, one to one and
in groups.
1.8.3 General
description of skills required - In addition to those outlined in Level 5:
1.8.3(a) the
ability to plan work for self and others;
1.8.3(b) problem
solving skills;
1.8.3(c) ability
to apply quality control techniques to the work of self and others;
1.8.3(d) ability
to plan, conduct and evaluate training both on and off the job, one to one and
in groups;
1.8.3(e) highly
effective interpersonal and communication skills;
1.8.3(f) ability
to apply relevant legislation to work of self and others; and
1.8.3(g) ability
to exercise Level 6 skills.
1.8.4 General
description of knowledge required - In addition to that outlined in Level 5:
1.8.4(a) detailed
knowledge of the Sector and operations in the enterprise;
1.8.4(b) in-depth
knowledge of health and safety regulations and procedures relevant to this
level;
1.8.4(c) a
knowledge of training principle and practices; and
1.8.4(d) knowledge
of CAD/Cam operations.
1.8.5 Level of
responsibility -
1.8.5(a) Workers
a this level will operate with limited and intermittent direction. They will be
responsible for planning their own work and the work of others and ensuring it
is completed on time to established standards.
1.8.5(b) Responsibility
for a high degree of precision and accuracy in all work performed will be
important.
1.8.5(c) Level
6 workers may be responsible for the operations of a work team. They will be
responsible in conjunction with others for identifying and solving problems in
their own work area. If supervising
others they will be responsible for initiating, coordinating and monitoring
problem solving in their own work area.
They will be responsible for identifying and reporting problems in other
work areas where they affect activity in their own work area.
APPENDIX C ¾
BOARD, PANEL AND VENEER SECTOR
1. Classification
and Skill Level - Definitions for the Veneer and Plywood Sector
Notwithstanding anything elsewhere contained in this award,
the following definitions are intended to convey the broad intent of the
parties as to the relative skills, responsibilities and conditions under which
employees at each level will work.
The provisions of the Sawmillers, & c. (State) Award, as
varied, shall apply to persons performing work provided for in this appendix
unless such provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this appendix.
1.1 Veneer and
Plywood - Level 1 - Relativity to Level 5 General Award - 78%.
1.1.1 General -
1.1.1(a) Criteria
for extension of term in Level 1 beyond three months - A worker who enters the
industry and is unable to meet the competency requirements of Level 2 will
remain in Level 1 for a maximum of three months unless an extension for up to a
further three months is agreed by the employer and the employee, and the union
where the employee is a union member. Extension of the term of Level 1 beyond
three months will only be considered when:
1.1.1(a)(i) the
employee has participated in a structured and documented skill development
programme which sets out and covers the standards of competence the Level 1
worker is required to achieve for progression to Level 2;
1.1.1(a)(ii) any
deficiencies in the performance of the employee during the skill development
programme have been described clearly to the employee at the time they have
occurred and standards for acceptable performance have been made clear to the
employee;
1.1.1(a)(iii) suitable
conditions have been provided for training including sufficient time,
appropriate environment and equipment and a skilled trainer; and
1.1.1(a)(iv) given
the above, the employee has not reached the standards of competence set down in
the skill development programme.
1.1.1(b) Process
for extension of the term in Level 1 beyond three months - Where an employer
proposes that the term an employee will spend in Level 1 should be extended
beyond three months the following actions will be taken at least three weeks
before the expiration of the initial three months:
1.1.1(b)(i) the
employee will be advised in writing. This advice will set out clearly the areas
where the employee has not reached the competency standards required for
progression to Level 2 and are set out in the skill development programme;
1.1.1(b)(ii) where
the employee is a member of the union a copy of the advice to the employee will
be sent to the relevant branch secretary of the union at the same time as it is
provided to the employee;
1.1.1(b)(iii) subsequent
to the advice of intention to extend the period in Level 1 beyond three months
being issued, a meeting will be held between the employer and the employee and a
full-time official of the union or their nominee where the employee is a union
member. At this meeting the parties will develop and agree on a plan (including
time frames) to assist the employee to develop competence to the required
standard in the areas identified as deficient agreed with by the employee. This
plan will be documented and signed by all parties - that is the employer, the
employee and the union official where the employee is a union member;
1.1.1(b)(iv) the
employee (and the branch office of the union if the employee is a union member)
will be notified immediately by the employer if any further problems arise
during this extension period.
1.1.1(b)(v) A Level
1 worker:
1. will
complete a program of induction training;
2. will
complete a program of skills training to meet the requirement of being able to
competently perform work within the scope of Level 2.
1.1.2 General
description of skills required - A Level 1 worker will exercise the following
skills:
1.1.2(a) the
ability to follow instructions;
1.1.2(b) manual
handling skills; and
1.1.2(c) the
ability to follow standards and procedures.
1.1.3 General
description of knowledge required - A Level 1 worker will develop the
following:
1.1.3(a) broad
knowledge of the industry sector and operations at the enterprise level;
1.1.3(b) broad
understanding of all functions carried out in the enterprise;
1.1.3(c) understanding
of health and safety regulations and procedures relevant to the level;
1.1.3(d) an
understanding of the employment conditions set out in the award, and enterprise
policies and procedures relating to conditions;
1.1.3(e) knowledge
of the resource used in the sector; and
1.1.3(f) knowledge
of the range and uses of basic hand tools.
1.1.4 Induction
training - Induction training will include the following:
1.1.4(a) basic
occupational health and safety;
1.1.4(b) first
aid;
1.1.4(c) conditions
of employment; and
1.1.4(d) company
policies and objectives.
1.1.5 Level of
responsibility - Workers at Level 1 will work under direct supervision at all
times and will be expected to exercise minimal judgement.
1.2 Veneer and
Plywood - Level 2 - Relativity to Level 5 General Award - 82%.
1.2.1 General - An
employee at this level performs work above and beyond the skills of a Level 1
employee and is competent to perform work within the scope of this level.
At this level an employee:
1.2.1(a) will
have broad general knowledge of the industry and the functions carried out in
the workplace;
1.2.1(b) works
under direct supervision either individually or in a team environment;
1.2.1(c) understands
and undertakes basic quality control/assurance procedures including the ability
to recognise basic quality deviations/faults;
1.2.1(d) understands
and utilises basic process control procedures;
1.2.1(e) should
be given the opportunity to participate in ongoing skills training to enable
progress to Level 3; and
1.2.1(f) may
assist skilled trainees in the provision of on-the-job training.
1.2.2 Indicative
tasks - An employee at this level will perform any or all of the tasks listed
below and will be expected, after suitable training, to operate flexibly
between work stations at this level:
1.2.2(a) uses
selected hand tools;
1.2.2(b) centre
feeder and/or core feeder and/or coverlayer and/or assistant in glue spreading;
1.2.2(c) veneer
joiner and/or repairer where the work is done by hand with less than one year’s
experience;
1.2.2(d) tapeless
veneer joining machine - with less than one year’s experience;
1.2.2(e) operator
on power-operated veneer edge truing or trimming machine (saw, cutter block or
guillotine) where the machinist is never required to set up the machine nor to
grind the knives and cutters but is merely an operator or feeder of the
machine;
1.2.2(f) assembling
veneers with film glue;
1.2.2(g) plywood
and veneer grader grading into three or more classes;
1.2.2(h) flat
press operators and assistants not elsewhere specified;
1.2.2(i) operates
manual transfer equipment;
1.2.2(j) assistant
to lathe or slicer operator;
1.2.2(k) plywood
scarfing machine where the machinist is never required to set up the machine
nor to grind the knives and cutters but is merely an operator;
1.2.2(l) assistant
to veneer kiln drier or re-drier operator who operates a drying kiln;
1.2.2(m) other
operators of immunising plant;
1.2.2(n) assistant
on veneer clipper machine;
1.2.2(o) taping
and glue thread machinist with less than one year’s experience;
1.2.2(p) operator
of plywood trimming machine using parallel saws;
1.2.2(q) belt
sander in sanding of plywood faced with rotary peel veneer;
1.2.2(r) edge
gluing veneer by hand or roller for tapeless joining machine;
1.2.2(s) guillotine
operator, not elsewhere included;
1.2.2(t) feeder
and/or assistant on automatic core assembling machine;
1.2.2(u) operator
of folding machine; and
1.2.2(v) glue
spreading spray gun operator.
1.2.3 General
description of skills required - In addition to those outlined in Level 1:
1.2.3(a) manual
handling skills;
1.2.3(b) the
ability to make judgements by measurement coupled to quality control
procedures;
1.2.3(c) ability
to operate basic, pre-set cutting equipment;
1.2.3(d) ability
to use hand power tools safely; and
1.2.3(e) problem
solving skills.
1.2.4 General
description of knowledge required - In addition to that outlined in Level 1:
1.2.4(a) basic
knowledge of timber, veneer and plywood use and value;
1.2.4(b) awareness
of occupational health and safety procedures for pre-set cutting equipment, and
other health and safety procedures; and
1.2.4(c) knowledge
of the functions and use of hand tools and base technology
saws/machine/equipment for this level.
1.2.5 Level of
responsibility - An employee at this level will be:
1.2.5(a) responsible
for identifying and solving minor problems which occur in the work process the
Level 2 worker is directly responsible for;
1.2.5(b) will
be required to work to predetermined standards and outcomes; and
1.2.5(c) responsible
for keeping own work area safe and clean.
1.2.6 Promotional
criteria - An employee remains at this level until capable of effectively
performing through assessment or appropriate certification the tasks required
of the next level so as to enable progress as a position becomes available.
1.3 Veneer and
Plywood - Level 3 - Relativity to Level 5 General Award - 87.4%.
1.3.1 General - An
employee at this level performs work above and beyond the skills of an employee
at Level 2 and is competent to perform work within the scope of this level.
At this level an employee:
1.3.1(a) is
responsible for the quality of own work subject to general supervision;
1.3.1(b) works
under general supervision either individually or in a team environment;
1.3.1(c) exercises
discretion within own level of skills and training;
1.3.1(d) operates
flexibly between work stations and machines;
1.3.1(e) may
assist skilled trainers in the provision of on-the-job training; and
1.3.1(f) should
be given the opportunity to participate in ongoing skills training to enable
progress to Level 4.
1.3.2 Indicative
tasks - An employee at this level will perform any or all of the tasks listed
below and will be expected, after suitable training, to operate flexibly
between work stations at this level:
1.3.2(a) centre
layer and/or corelayer and/or coremaker building up solid timber and/or veneer
centres;
1.3.2(b) veneer
joiners and/or repairers where the work is done by hand with one year’s
experience;
1.3.2(c) operator
on power-operated veneer edge truing or trimming machine (cutter block or
guillotine) where the machinist has not been required to grind the knives and
cutters but is at any time required to set up the machine and then only from
such time as the employee is required so to act;
1.3.2(d) operator
of hot press who sets the pressure and temperature but is not required to
calculate areas and pressures and control temperatures;
1.3.2(e) operator
of rotary veneer peeling lathe or slicing veneer machine;
1.3.2(f) plywood
scarfing machinist where the machinist has not been required to grind the
knives and cutters but is at any time required to grind the knives and cutters
but is at any time required to set up the machine and then only from such time
as the employee is required so to act;
1.3.2(g) veneer
kiln drier heat plant operator or re-drier operator who operates a drying kiln
drier or re-drier or who may be required to make temperature readings and
records thereof;
1.3.2(h) veneer
clipper operator in conjunction with rotary peeling lathe or slicing machine;
1.3.2(i) operates
and maintains mechanical debarking equipment including grinding and sharpening
blades;
1.3.2(j) taping
glue thread, edge glued machinist with more than one year’s experience;
1.3.2(k) band
sawyer using band saw up to 90 centimetres capacity, rough cutting and
trimming;
1.3.2(l) operator
of the belt sander in sanding of plywood faced with fancy sliced veneer;
1.3.2(m) operator
employed on gluing jigs and/or cramps for the laminating fabrication or
assembling of veneers, timber and plywood;
1.3.2(n) operator
of power-operated veneer edge truing or trimming machine saw (saw type) where
the operator is required to set up and sharpen the saw;
1.3.2(o) veneer
splicing machine; and
1.3.2(p) adhesive
solution mixer where test control procedures are not required.
1.3.3 General
description of skills required - In addition to those outlined in Level 2:
1.3.3(a) ability
to interpret and follow plans and procedures;
1.3.3(b) problem
solving skills;
1.3.3(c) ability
to operate machinery/saws/equipment according to prescribed procedures and
standards appropriate to this level;
1.3.3(d) ability
to grade timber veneer and plywood according to obvious defects and to exercise
quality control; and
1.3.3(e) ability
to record in writing simple information relating to physical dimensions and
species of timber.
1.3.4 General
description of knowledge required - In addition to that outlined in Level 2:
1.3.4(a) knowledge
of commonly used timbers veneers and plywood their value, and what product they
can be used for;
1.3.4(b) knowledge
of storage, stacking and drying technique;
1.3.4(c) knowledge
of the functions and use of saws, machines and equipment for this level;
1.3.4(d) knowledge
of health and safety procedures/regulations appropriate to this level;
1.3.4(e) knowledge
of the industry standards for tasks performed at this level; and
1.3.4(f) knowledge
of quality control standards appropriate to this level.
1.3.5 Level of
responsibility -
1.3.5(a) An
employee at this level will operate under general direction for the whole job.
Individual tasks will be completed according to clear, set procedures and
standards. An employee will also be responsible for the quality of work within
these limits.
1.3.5(b) The
employee will also be responsible for identifying and solving problems which
occur in the work process the Level 3 worker is directly responsible for, and
for identifying and reporting problems outside own work process.
1.3.6 Promotional
criteria - An employee remains at this level until capable of effectively
performing through assessment or appropriate certification the tasks required
of the next level so as to enable progress as a position becomes available.
1.4 Veneer and
Plywood - Level 4 - Relativity to Level 5 General Award - 92.4%.
1.4.1 General - An
employee at this level performs work above and beyond the skills of an employee
at Level 3 and is competent to perform work within the scope of this level.
At this level an employee:
1.4.1(a) works
from complex instructions and procedures;
1.4.1(b) may
assist skilled trainers in provision of on-the-job training;
1.4.1(c) works
in a team environment or works individually under general supervision; and
1.4.1(d) is
responsible for assuring the quality of work in own areas.
1.4.2 Indicative
tasks - An employee at this level will perform any or all of the tasks listed
below. They will be expected, as after suitable training, to operate flexibly
between work stations at this level.
1.4.2(a) maintains
and fault finds on plant and equipment (including lubrication);
1.4.2(b) adhesive
solution mixer where the employee is required to mix, test control and check in
operation and is responsible for its proper use;
1.4.2(c) veneer
matcher responsible for selecting and setting out fancy sliced veneers to
design or specification;
1.4.2(d) operator
of power-driven veneer edge truing or trimming machine (cutter block or
guillotine) where the operator is required to grind the knives and cutters and
set up the machine;
1.4.2(e) employee
in charge of hot process who sets pressures and temperatures and who is responsible
for calculating areas and pressures and controlling temperatures and operators
of specialty presses;
1.4.2(f) rotary
veneer peeling lathe or slicing machine operator who sharpens knives and/or
sets up the machine;
1.4.2(g) sharpens
lathe knives, pressure bars, clipper blades and chipper;
1.4.2(h) plywood
scarfing machinist where the machinist is ever required to set up the machine
and grind the knives and cutters and then only from such time as the employee
is required so to act;
1.4.2(i) employee
in charge of veneer kiln heat plant operator or re-drier (plate roller or
conveyor type) who is required to adjust temperatures, humidity, conditions,
calculate moisture contents, test and control;
1.4.2(j) immunising
plant operator who is required to control temperatures, preservative contents
in solution and analyse treated timbers and/or veneer samples;
1.4.2(k) operator
of Torwegge or similar automatic core assembling machine who is required to set
up and adjust the machine and is fully responsible for the operation of such
machine;
1.4.2(l) employee
in charge of paper honeycomb making machine;
1.4.2(m) operator
in graining machine where the operator is required to set up the machine and
sharpen the blades;
1.4.2(n) operates
and maintains mobile equipment appropriate to this level;
1.4.2(o) demonstrates
intermediate keyboard skills including CNC operations in saws and/or machines
where the operator controls one process only; and
1.4.2(p) operates
and maintains hydraulic debarking equipment.
1.4.3 General
description of skills required - In addition to that outlined in Level 3:
1.4.3(a) ability
to set up and adjust machines to produce a specific product;
1.4.3(b) ability
to drive and operate mobile machinery;
1.4.3(c) ability
to complete simple clerical tasks;
1.4.3(d) problem
solving skills;
1.4.3(e) ability
to select suitable methods for completing tasks and plan the order in which to
complete them; and
1.4.3(f) ability
to assess timber veneer and plywood for cutting giving regard to quality and
the purpose it will be used for.
1.4.4 General
description of knowledge required - In addition to that outlined in Level 3:
1.4.4(a) knowledge
of saws, machinery and equipment used at this level;
1.4.4(b) knowledge
of health and safety legislation and procedures appropriate to this level; and
1.4.4(c) knowledge
of the industry standards for tasks performed at this level.
1.4.5 Level of
responsibility -
1.4.5(a) An
employee at this level will operate under general direction for the whole job.
In completing individual tasks an employee will work to set standards. The
employer will be responsible for the quality of work in own area.
1.4.5(b) The
employee will also be responsible for identifying and solving problems which
occur in the work process the Level 4 worker is directly responsible for, and
in conjunction with others for identifying and solving problems in the work
area.
APPENDIX D ¾
MANUFACTURING AND JOINERY SECTOR
PART 1 ¾ CLASSIFICATION AND SKILL LEVEL ¾ DEFINITIONS FOR THE
MANUFACTURING/JOINERY SECTOR
Notwithstanding anything elsewhere contained in this award,
the following definitions are intended to convey the broad intent of the
parties as to the relative skills, responsibilities and conditions under which
employees at each level will work.
The provisions of the Sawmillers, &c. (State) Award, as
varied, shall apply to persons performing work provided for in this appendix
unless such provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this appendix.
1. Definitions
1.1 Manufacturing
‑ Level 1 - Relativity to Level 5 - 78%.
1.1.1 General
1.1.1(a) Criteria
for extension of term in Level 1 beyond three months - A worker who enters the
industry and is unable to meet the competency requirements of Level 2 will
remain in Level 1 for a maximum of three months unless an extension for up to a
further three months is agreed by the employer and the employee, and the union
where the employee is a union member. Extension of the term of Level 1 beyond
three months will only be considered when:
1.1.1(a)(i) the
employee has participated in a structured and documented skill development
programme which sets out and covers the standards of competence the Level 1
worker is required to achieve for progression to Level 2;
1.1.1(a)(ii) any
deficiencies in the performance of the employee during the skill development
programme have been described clearly to the employee at the time they have
occurred and standards for acceptable performance have been made clear to the
employee;
1.1.1(a)(iii) suitable
conditions have been provided for training including sufficient time,
appropriate environment and equipment and a skilled trainer; and
1.1.1(a)(iv) given
the above, the employee has not reached the standards of competence set down in
the skill development programme.
1.1.1(b) Process
for extension of the term in Level 1 beyond three months - Where an employer
proposes that the term an employee will spend in Level 1 should be extended
beyond three months the following actions will be taken at least three weeks before
the expiration of the initial three months:
1.1.1(b)(i) the
employee will be advised in writing. This advice will set out clearly the areas
where the employee has not reached the competency standards required for
progression to Level 2 and are set out in the skill development programme;
1.1.1(b)(ii) where
the employee is a member of the union a copy of the advice to the employee will
be sent to the relevant branch secretary of the union at the same time as it is
provided to the employee;
1.1.1(b)(iii) subsequent
to the advice of intention to extend the period in level 1 beyond three months
being issued, a meeting will be held between the employer and the employee and
a full-time official of the union or their nominee where the employee is a
union member. At this meeting the parties will develop and agree on a plan
(including time frames) to assist the employee to develop competence to the
required standard in the areas identified as deficient agreed with by the
employee. This plan will be documented and signed by all parties - that is the
employer, the employee and the union official where the employee is a union
member;
1.1.1(b)(iv) the
employee (and the branch office of the union if the employee is a union member)
will be notified immediately by the employer if any further problems arise
during this ‘extension period’.
1.1.1(b)(v) A Level
1 worker:
(1) will
complete a program of induction training;
(2) will
complete a program of skills training to meet the requirement of being able to
competently perform work within the scope of Level 2.
1.1.2 General
description of skills required - A Level 1 worker will exercise the following
skills:
1.1.2(a) the
ability to follow instructions;
1.1.2(b) manual
handling skills; and
1.1.2(c) the
ability to follow standards and procedures.
1.1.3 General
description of knowledge required - A Level 1 worker will develop the
following:
1.1.3(a) broad
knowledge of the industry sector and operations at the enterprise level;
1.1.3(b) broad
understanding of all functions carried out in the enterprise;
1.1.3(c) understanding
of health and safety regulations and procedures relevant to the level;
1.1.3(d) an
understanding of the employment conditions set out in the award, and enterprise
policies and procedures relating to conditions;
1.1.3(e) knowledge
of the resource used in the sector; and
1.1.3(f) knowledge
of the range and uses of basic hand tools.
1.1.4 Induction
training - Induction training will include the following:
1.1.4(a) basic
occupational health and safety;
1.1.4(b) first
aid;
1.1.4(c) conditions
of employment; and
1.1.4(d) company
policies and objectives.
1.1.5 Level of
responsibility - Workers at Level 1 will work under direct supervision at all
times and will be expected to exercise minimal judgment.
1.2 Manufacturing
- Level 2 - Relativity to Level 5 - 82%.
1.2.1 General - An
employee at this level performs work above and beyond the skills of a Level 1
employee and is competent to perform work within the scope of this level.
At this level an employee:
1.2.1(a) will
have a broad general knowledge of the industry and the functions carried out in
the workplace;
1.2.1(b) works
under direct supervision either individually or in a team environment;
1.2.1(c) understands
and undertakes basic quality control/assurance procedures including the ability
to recognise basic quality deviations/faults;
1.2.1(d) understands
and utilises basic process control procedures;
1.2.1(e) may
assist skilled trainers in the provision of on‑the‑job training;
and
1.2.1(f) should
be given the opportunity to participate in ongoing skills training to enable
progress to Level 3.
1.2.2 Indicative
tasks - An employee at this level will perform any or all of the tasks listed
below and will be expected after suitable training to operate flexibly between
work stations at this level:
1.2.2(a) assists
in assembling wall frames and roof trusses;
1.2.2(b) sorts,
stacks and binds materials;
1.2.2(c) uses
and maintains selected hand tools;
1.2.2(d) racks
timber (manually or mechanically);
1.2.2(e) assemble
boxes and crates or trellis;
1.2.2(f) primes
and paints;
1.2.2(g) operates
door and/or panel trimming machines where the operator is not required to set
up such machine nor to grind the knives and cutters and operates punching and
notching machines;
1.2.2(h) operates
manual and motorised transfer equipment;
(1)
1.2.2(i) produces
beams using nail plates;
1.2.2(j) points
posts;
1.2.2(k) operates
a range of basic pre set wood machines as prescribed within the current
definitions of the award appropriate to this level;
1.2.2(l) operates
chainsaw at a basic level ancillary to normal duties;
1.2.2(m) operates
cross cut and bench saws in box and case factories;
1.2.2(n) measures
and records sawn timber; and
1.2.2(o) assists
sawyer to change bandsaw.
Note: (1) Employees must hold appropriate
permits/licences/certification
1.2.3 General
description of skills required - In addition to those outlined in Level 1:
1.2.3(a) manual
handling skills;
1.2.3(b) the
ability to make judgements by eye of size and shape;
1.2.3(c) ability
to operate basic, pre-set cutting equipment;
1.2.3(d) ability
to use hand power tools safely; and
1.2.3(e) problem
solving skills.
1.2.4 General
description of knowledge required - In addition to that outlined in Level 1:
1.2.4(a) basic
knowledge of timber use and value;
1.2.4(b) awareness
of occupational health and safety procedures for pre-set cutting equipment, and
other health and safety procedures; and
1.2.4(c) knowledge
of the functions and use of hand tools and base technology
saws/machine/equipment for this level.
1.2.5 Level of
responsibility - An employee at this level:
1.2.5(a) will
be responsible for identifying and solving minor problems which occur in the
work process the Level 2 worker is directly responsible for;
1.2.5(b) will
be required to work to predetermined standards and outcomes; and
1.2.5(c) responsible
for keeping own work area safe and clean.
1.2.6 Promotional
criteria - An employee remains at this level until capable of effectively
performing through assessment or appropriate certification the tasks required
of the next level so as to enable progress as a position becomes available.
1.3 Manufacturing
- Level 3 - Relativity to Level 5 - 87.4%.
1.3.1 General - An
employee at this level performs work above and beyond the skills of an employee
at Level 2 and is competent to perform work within the scope of this level.
At this level an employee:
1.3.1(a) is
responsible for the quality of own work subject to general supervision;
1.3.1(b) works
under general supervision either individually or in a team environment;
1.3.1(c) exercises
discretion within own level of skills and training;
1.3.1(d) operates
flexibly between work stations and machines;
1.3.1(e) may
assist skilled trainers in the provision of on‑the‑job training;
and
1.3.1(f) should
be given the opportunity to participate in ongoing skills training to enable
progress to Level 4.
1.3.2 Indicative
tasks - An employee at this level will perform any or all of the tasks listed
below and will be expected after suitable training to operate flexibly between
work stations at this level:
1.3.2(a) assembles
cable drums;
1.3.2(b) demonstrates
basic keyboard skills;
1.3.2(c) assembles
pallets, boxes and crates appropriate to this level;
1.3.2(d) assembles
wall and roof trusses appropriate to this level;
1.3.2(e) assists
in setting up jig for standard "A" roof trusses;
1.3.2(f) sets
up and operates a range of saws including docking saws appropriate to this
level;
1.3.2(g) tails
out, checks timber and docks out faults;
1.3.2(h) sets
up and operates a range of wood machines as prescribed in the current
definitions of the award appropriate to this level;
1.3.2(i) surfaces
floors;
1.3.2(j) bends
timber by hand and machine;
1.3.2(k) assists
in preparation of logs in log cabin manufacture;
1.3.2(l) operates
spray painting machine;
1.3.2(m) operates
and maintains chainsaws to a higher level than Level 2;
1.3.2(n) prepares
timber orders and tallies timber;
1.3.2(o) grades
timber visually according to quality; (1)
1.3.2(p) operates
door and/or panel machines appropriate to this level;
1.3.2(q) assembler;
1.3.2(r) assistant
or other operator to a laminated beam maker;
1.3.2(s) laminates,
fabricates or assembles timber, plywood and veneers;
1.3.2(t) assists
a tradesperson to carry out duties;
1.3.2(u) removes
and replaces saw blades on dresser;
1.3.2(v) operates
Traverser machine;
1.3.2(w) tails
out moulder, planer or equivalent machinery and pulls out behind saw benches; and
1.3.2(x) operates
docking and/or trim saws to eliminate defects.
Note: (1) Employees must have completed a
recognised grading course
1.3.3 General
description of skills required - In addition to those outlined in Level 2:
1.3.3(a) ability
to interpret and follow plans and procedures;
1.3.3(b) problem
solving skills;
1.3.3(c) ability
to operate machinery/saws/equipment according to prescribed procedures and
standards appropriate to this level;
1.3.3(d) ability
to grade timber according to obvious defects and to exercise quality control;
and
1.3.3(e) ability
to record simple information on lengths and species of timber in writing.
1.3.4 General
description of knowledge required - In addition to that outlined in Level 2:
1.3.4(a) knowledge
of commonly used timbers, their value, and what products they can be used for;
1.3.4(b) knowledge
of storage, stacking and drying technique;
1.3.4(c) knowledge
of the functions and use of saws, machines and equipment for this level;
1.3.4(d) knowledge
of health and safety procedures/regulations appropriate to this level;
1.3.4(e) knowledge
of the industry standards for tasks performed at this level; and
1.3.4(f) knowledge
of quality control standards appropriate to this level.
1.3.5 Level of
responsibility -
1.3.5(a) An
employee at this level will operate under general direction for the whole job.
Individual tasks will be completed according to clear, set procedures and
standards. An employee will be responsible for the quality of work within these
limits.
1.3.5(b) The
employee will also be responsible for identifying and solving problems which
occur in the work process the Level 3 worker is directly responsible for, and
for identifying and reporting problems outside own work process.
1.3.6 Promotional
criteria - An employee remains at this level until capable of effectively
performing through assessment or appropriate certification the tasks required
of the next level so as to enable progress as a position becomes available.
1.4 Manufacturing
‑ Level 4 - Relativity to Level 5 - 92.4%.
1.4.1 General - An
employee at this level performs work above and beyond the skills of an employee
at Level 3 and is competent to perform work within the scope of this level.
At this level an employee:
1.4.1(a) works
from complex instructions and procedures;
1.4.1(b) may
assist skilled trainers in provision of on‑the‑job training;
1.4.1(c) works
in a team environment or works individually under general supervision;
1.4.1(d) is
responsible for assuring the quality of their own work; and
1.4.1(e) should
be given the opportunity to participate in ongoing skills training to enable
progress to Level 5.
1.4.2 Indicative
tasks - An employee at this level will perform any or all of the tasks listed
below. They will be expected after suitable training to operate flexibly
between work stations at this level:
1.4.2(a) maintains
and fault finds on plant and equipment (including lubrication);
1.4.2(b) operates
high frequency machine and edge band as a gluer;
1.4.2(c) operates
and maintains mobile equipment appropriate to this level; (1)
1.4.2(d) demonstrates
intermediate keyboard skills including CNC operations in saws/and or machines
where the operator controls one process only;
1.4.2(e) sets
up, monitors and operates twin edgers, single and double bandsaws, circular
saws;
1.4.2(f) operates
optimising docker (computerised);
1.4.2(g) grades
timber (both quality and stress); (2)
1.4.2(h) assembles
wall frames and roof trusses appropriate to this level including operation and
responsibility for wall frame fabricating machines manually controlled;
1.4.2(i) sharpens
saws (with or without tensioning), chainsaws, hand tools, knives and dresser
blades and operates punching press for saws (without tipping);
1.4.2(j) bends
timber using own forms and equipment and operates machine;
1.4.2(k) assembles
prepared pieces of timber (as defined);
1.4.2(l) glazes;
1.4.2(m) operates
log preparing machine and fabricates modules - log cabin manufacture;
1.4.2(n) makes
knives from beginning to end as a sawmaker;
1.4.2(o) operates
gluing jigs for laminating veneers or timber;
1.4.2(p) laminated
beam maker - responsible for setting up machine, setting out product and
operating machine other than on continuous process;
1.4.2(q) selects,
grades and marks materials for re-manufacture and from stock for filling
orders, including tallying, measuring and checking of complete orders and
compiling for dispatch; and
1.4.2(r) operates
and maintains mechanical stacking and sorting equipment.
Note: (1) Employees must hold appropriate
licences/certification
(2) Employees
must have completed an approved training course
1.4.3 General
description of skills required - In addition to that outlined in Level 3:
1.4.3(a) ability
to set up and adjust machines to produce a specific product;
1.4.3(b) ability
to drive and operate mobile machinery;
1.4.3(c) ability
to complete simple clerical tasks;
1.4.3(d) problem
solving skills;
1.4.3(e) ability
to select suitable methods for completing tasks and plan the order in which to
complete them; and
1.4.3(f) ability
to assess timber for cutting giving regard to quality and the purpose it will
be used for.
1.4.4 General
description of knowledge required - In addition to that outlined in Level 3:
1.4.4(a) knowledge
of saws, machinery and equipment used at this level;
1.4.4(b) knowledge
of health and safety legislation and procedures appropriate to this level; and
1.4.4(c) knowledge
of the industry standards for tasks performed at this level.
1.4.5 Level of
responsibility -
1.4.5(a) An
employee at this level will operate under general direction for the whole job.
In completing individual tasks an employee will work to set standards. An
employee will be responsible for the quality of work in own area.
1.4.5(b) The
employee will also be responsible for identifying and solving problems which
occur in the work process the Level 4 worker is directly responsible for, and
in conjunction with others for identifying and solving problems in the work
area.
1.4.6 Promotional
criteria - An employee remains at this level until capable of effectively
performing through assessment or appropriate certification the tasks required
of the next level so as to enable progress as a position becomes available.
1.5 Manufacturing
‑ Level 5 - Relativity to Level 5 - 100%.
1.5.1 General
Timber Tradesperson
Manufacturing Employee
An employee at this level works above and beyond an
employee at Level 4 and is competent to perform work within the scope of this
level.
At this level an employee:
1.5.1(a) understands
and applies quality control techniques;
1.5.1(b) exercises
good interpersonal and communication skills;
1.5.1(c) exercises
keyboard skills at a level higher than Level 4;
1.5.1(d) exercises
discretion within the scope of this grade;
1.5.1(e) performs
work under limited supervision either individually or in a team environment;
1.5.1(f) able
to inspect products and/or materials for conformity with established
operational standards; and
1.5.1(g) conducts
training in conjunction with a skilled trainer as required.
1.5.2 Timber
Tradesperson - A Timber Tradesperson Level 5 is an employee who holds a Trade
Certificate or Tradespersons Rights Certificate as a:
1.5.2(a) Timber
Tradesperson - Grinder;
1.5.2(b) Timber
Tradesperson - Sawdoctor;
1.5.2(c) Timber
Tradesperson ‑ Wood Machinist; and
1.5.2(d) Timber
Tradesperson ‑ Wood Turner;
and is able to exercise the skills and knowledge of
that trade and may be required to supervise other employees.
1.5.3 Indicative
tasks - An employee at this level will perform any or all of the tasks listed
below and will be expected, after suitable training, to operate flexibly
between work stations at this level:
1.5.3(a) understands
and applies quality control techniques for self and others;
1.5.3(b) exercises
good interpersonal and communication skills;
1.5.3(c) exercises
keyboard skills at a level higher than Level 4;
1.5.3(d) exercises
discretion within the scope of this grade;
1.5.3(e) performs
work under limited supervision either individually or in a team environment;
1.5.3(f) operates
all lifting equipment incidental to own work;
1.5.3(g) performs
non‑trade tasks incidental to own work;
1.5.3(h) performs
work which, while primarily involving the skills of the employee’s trade, is
incidental or peripheral to the primary task and facilitates the completion of
the whole task; such incidental or peripheral work would not require additional
formal technical training;
1.5.3(i) inspects
products and/or materials for conformity with established operational standards
as required; and
1.5.3(j) sets
up, monitors and operates a range of pre-set wood machines appropriate to this
level including multi headed square dresser.
1.5.4 Level of
responsibility -
1.5.4(a) An
employee at this level has greater responsibility than those at Level 4 in that
the employee may be responsible for the work of others through the monitoring
role. The employee will be responsible for work outcomes regarding quantity and
quality in own area, including own work and the work of others. The employee
may be required to supervise others in groups in the training situation. An
employee at this level will be required to exercise discretion in the planning
and carrying out of work.
1.5.4(b) The
employee will also be responsible, with others, for identifying and solving
problems in their work areas; if supervising others for initiating,
coordinating and monitoring problem solving in own work area; for identifying
and reporting problems in other work areas where they affect activity in own
work area.
1.5.5 Promotional
criteria - An employee remains at this level until capable of effectively
performing through assessment or appropriate certification the tasks required
of the next level so as to enable progress as a position becomes available.
1.6 Manufacturing
Employee - Level 5 - Relativity to Level 5 - 100%.
1.6.1 General - An
employee at this level performs work above and beyond the skills of a Level 4
employee and is competent to perform work within the scope of this level.
At this level an employee:
1.6.1(a) understands
and applies quality control techniques;
1.6.1(b) exercises
good interpersonal and communication skills;
1.6.1(c) exercises
keyboard skills at a level higher than Level 4;
1.6.1(d) exercises
discretion within the scope of this grade;
1.6.1(e) performs
work under limited supervision either individually or in a team environment;
1.6.1(f) able
to inspect products and/or materials for conformity with established
operational standards; and
1.6.1(g) conducts
training in conjunction with a skilled trainer as required.
1.6.2 Indicative
tasks - An employee at this level will perform any or all of the tasks listed
below and will be expected after suitable training to operate flexibly between
work stations at this level:
1.6.2(a) operates
and maintains mobile equipment appropriate to this level; (1)
1.6.2(b) estimator
(as defined);
1.6.2(c) laminated
beam maker - responsible for setting up machine, setting out product and
operating machine on a continuous process;
1.6.2(d) hardens/tempers/beats
out saws;
1.6.2(e) weighs
and records loads of timber and maintains security of the premises;
1.6.2(f) sets
up and operates door and/or panel trimming machine and grinds knives and
cutters;
1.6.2(g) operates
CNC wall frame fabricating machine;
1.6.2(h) sets
up truss jigs;
1.6.2(i) breaks
down and finishes on anvils;
1.6.2(j) prepares
cutting list of timber for use in the manufacture of building components from
builders, architects, or other plans; and
1.6.2(k) sets
up, monitors and operates a range of wood machines as prescribed within the
current definitions of the award appropriate to this level including multi
headed square dresser.
Note: (1) Employees must hold appropriate
licences/certification
1.6.3 General description
of skills required - In addition to those outlined in Level 4:
1.6.3(a) ability
to make decisions regarding work processes and implement them in own work area;
1.6.3(b) ability
to use judgement based on experience to optimise productivity in own work area;
1.6.3(c) ability
to supervise workers in the training situation;
1.6.3(d) ability
to set up, operate and monitor mechanical and CNC equipment used in work area;
1.6.3(e) ability
to work to standards requiring precision and attention to detail; and
1.6.3(f) problem
solving skills.
1.6.4 General
description of knowledge required - In addition to that outlined in Level 4:
1.6.4(a) detailed
knowledge of the sector and work undertaken at the enterprise;
1.6.4(b) understanding
of quality control techniques;
1.6.4(c) knowledge
of industry standards for product and/or materials;
1.6.4(d) thorough
knowledge of equipment/machinery used in the work area;
1.6.4(e) knowledge
of occupational health, safety techniques and legislation for work undertaken
at this level;
1.6.4(f) detailed
knowledge of product used; and
1.6.4(g) knowledge
of training principles and practices.
1.6.5 Level of
responsibility -
1.6.5(a) An
employee at this level has greater responsibility than at Level 4 in that the
employee may be responsible for the work of others through the monitoring role.
The employee will be responsible for work outcomes regarding quantity and
quality in own area, including own work and the work of others. The employee
may be required to supervise others in groups in the training situation. An
employee at this level will be required to exercise discretion in the planning
and carrying out of work.
1.6.5(b) The
employee will also be responsible, with others, for identifying and solving
problems in their work areas; if supervising others for initiating,
coordinating and monitoring problem solving in own work area; for identifying
and reporting problems in other work areas where they affect activity in own
work area.
1.6.6 Promotional
criteria - An employee remains at this level until capable of effectively
performing through assessment or appropriate certification the tasks required
of the next level so as to enable progress as a position becomes available.
1.7 Manufacturing
- Level 6 - Relativity to Level 5 - 105%.
1.7.1 General
Timber Tradesperson
Manufacturing Employee
A Timber Tradesperson at this level works above and
beyond an employee at Level 5 and is competent to perform work within the scope
of this level.
At this level an employee:
1.7.1(a) understands
and applies quality control techniques;
1.7.1(b) exercises
good interpersonal and communication skills;
1.7.1(c) exercises
keyboard skills at a level higher than Level 5;
1.7.1(d) exercises
discretion within the scope of this grade;
1.7.1(e) performs
work under limited supervision either individually or in a team environment;
1.7.1(f) will
be responsible for planning own work and the work of others and for the
quantity and quality of the results of that work; and
1.7.1(g) conducts
training as required.
1.7.2 Timber
Tradesperson - A Timber Tradesperson Level 6 is a Saw Doctor Tradesperson who
has completed an appropriate post trade course in maintaining high tension saws
and stellite tipping or a Wood Machinist Tradesperson who has completed an
appropriate post trade course (or equivalent) in CNC and PLC machinery
operations and CAD design systems and is able to exercise the skills and
knowledge of that trade and may be required to supervise other employees.
1.7.3 Indicative
tasks - An employee at this level will perform any or all of the tasks listed
below and will be expected after suitable training to operate flexibly between
work stations at this level:
1.7.3(a) exercises
the skills attained through satisfactory completion of the training prescribed
for this classification subject to the standards of this award;
1.7.3(b) exercises
discretion within the scope of this grade;
1.7.3(c) works
under limited supervision either individually or in a team environment;
1.7.3(d) understands
and implements quality control techniques;
1.7.3(e) provides
trade guidance and assistance as part of a work team;
1.7.3(f) exercises
trade skills relevant to the specific requirements of the enterprise at a level
higher than Timber Tradesperson Level 5;
1.7.3(g) supervision
and training of employees as required; and
1.7.3(h) ability
to plan, conduct and evaluate training both on and off the job, one to one and
in groups.
1.7.4 Level of
responsibility - An employee at this level will be responsible in conjunction
with others for identifying and solving problems in own work area. If
supervising others the employee will be responsible for initiating,
coordinating and monitoring problem solving in own work area. The employee will
be responsible for identifying and reporting problems in other work areas where
they affect activity in own work area.
1.8 Manufacturing
Employee - Level 6 - Relativity to Level 5 - 105%.
1.8.1 General - An
employee at this level performs work above and beyond the skills of a Level 5
Manufacturing employee and is competent to perform work within the scope of
this level and has acquired skills recognised by the employer.
At this level an employee:
1.8.1(a) understands
and applies quality control techniques;
1.8.1(b) exercises
good interpersonal and communication skills;
1.8.1(c) exercises
keyboard skills at a level higher than Level 5;
1.8.1(d) exercises
discretion within the scope of this grade;
1.8.1(e) performs
work under limited supervision either individually or in a team environment;
1.8.1(f) will
be responsible for planning own work and the work of others and for the
quantity and quality of the results of that work; and
1.8.1(g) conducts
training as required.
1.8.2 Indicative
tasks - An employee at this level will perform any or all of the tasks listed
below and will be expected after suitable training to operate flexibly between
work stations at this level:
1.8.2(a) operates
a wide range of complex machines, saws and/or equipment in the work place;
1.8.2(b) exercises
the skills attained through satisfactory completion of the training prescribed
for this classification subject to the standards of this award
;
1.8.2(c) exercises
discretion within the scope of this grade;
1.8.2(d) works
under limited supervision either individually or in a team environment;
1.8.2(e) understands
and implements quality control techniques;
1.8.2(f) supervision
and training of employees as required; and
1.8.2(g) ability
to plan, conduct and evaluate training both on and off the job, one to one and
in groups.
1.8.3 General
description of skills required - In addition to those outlined in Level 5:
1.8.3(a) the
ability to plan work for self and others;
1.8.3(b) problem
solving skills;
1.8.3(c) ability
to apply quality control techniques to the work of self and others;
1.8.3(d) ability
to plan, conduct and evaluate training both on and off the job, one to one and
in groups;
1.8.3(e) highly
effective interpersonal and communication skills;
1.8.3(f) ability
to apply relevant legislation to work of self and others; and
1.8.3(g) ability
to exercise Level 6 skills.
1.8.4 General
description of knowledge required - In addition to that outlined in Level 5:
1.8.4(a) detailed
knowledge of the sector and operations in the enterprise;
1.8.4(b) in-depth
knowledge of health and safety regulations and procedures relevant to this
level;
1.8.4(c) a
knowledge of training principle and practices; and
1.8.4(d) knowledge
of CAD/Cam operations.
1.8.5 Level of
responsibility
1.8.5(a) Workers
a this level will operate with limited and intermittent direction. They will be
responsible for planning their own work and the work of others and ensuring it
is completed on time to established standards.
1.8.5(b) Responsibility
for a high degree of precision and accuracy in all work performed will be
important.
1.8.5(c) Level
6 workers may be responsible for the operations of a work team. They will be
responsible in conjunction with others for identifying and solving problems in
their own work area. If supervising others they will be responsible for
initiating, coordinating and monitoring problem solving in their own work area.
They will be responsible for identifying and reporting problems in other work
areas where they affect activity in their own work area.
PART 2 ¾ SPECIAL
RATES AND CONDITIONS FOR FURNITURE MANUFACTURERS
1. Definitions
1.1 "A"
Grade - "A" Grade machinist shall mean any machinist who is competent
to perform all of the operations required in the working of any one or more of
the following machines if called upon to do so:
1.1.1 Shaper;
1.1.2 Wood turning or
lathe operated by hand tools;
1.1.3 Variety turning
or automatic lathe - revolving head;
1.1.4 Moulding or
planing machine - three sides or more;
1.1.5 Lindeman gluer
or jointer;
1.1.6 Tenoning
machine using scriving irons;
1.1.7 Automatic
shaper;
1.1.8 Router
(freehand);
1.1.9 Buzzer and/or
jointer using other than straight irons;
1.1.10 Responsible
person in charge of radio frequency gluing equipment and radio frequency gluing
operations;
1.1.11 V-line folding
machine;
1.1.12 V-grooving
machine; or
1.1.13 Panel line
machine.
1.2 "B"
Grade - "B" Grade machinist shall mean any machinist not included in
"A" Grade who is competent to perform all of the operations required
in the working of any one or more of the following machines if called upon to
do so:
1.2.1 Router working
from jibs or templates and fences;
1.2.2 Buzzer and/or
jointer using straight irons;
1.2.3 Copying lathe;
1.2.4 Tenoning
machine, including automatic tenoning machine;
1.2.5 Double or
triple drum sander;
1.2.6 Timber bending
machine;
1.2.7 One or two side
planer;
1.2.8 Morticing
machine (chain or hollow chisel);
1.2.9 Multiple boring
machine - over two spindles;
1.2.10 Belt sander and
bobbin sander;
1.2.11 Automatic lathe
(other than revolving heads); or
1.2.12 Dovetailing
machine.
1.3 Miscellaneous
- Miscellaneous shall include:
1.3.1 Clamps and
presses and glue spreading machines;
1.3.2 Single drum,
cone or disc sander;
1.3.3 Box nailing
machine;
1.3.4 Boring machines
- two spindles and under;
1.3.5 Box branding
machine; or
1.3.6 Operator of
radio frequency gluing equipment (other than responsible person).
1.4 Operator -
1.4.1 Operator shall
mean an employee who is not competent to set up and/or grind the cutter but who
only operates a machine included in "B" Grade or lower or a V-line
folding machine, a V-grooving machine or a panel line machine.
1.4.2 The award rate
under this appendix shall be calculated by adding to the appropriate base rate
prescribed in clause 2 of this appendix, a supplementary payment of $19.80 and
this award rate shall be paid for all purposes of this award.
2. Wage Rates
|
|
|
Total Minimum
|
|
|
Supplementary
|
Arbitrated safety
|
|
Base rate
|
Payment
|
Net amount
|
|
Per week
|
Per week
|
Per week
|
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
A Grade Machinist
|
440.20
|
52.00
|
492.20
|
B Grade Machinist
|
412.40
|
48.10
|
460.50
|
Single drum, cone or disc sander
|
394.20
|
45.40
|
439.60
|
Miscellaneous
|
386.50
|
44.30
|
430.80
|
Arbitrated Safety Net
Adjustments
The rates of pay in this Appendix include the adjustments
payable under the State Wage Case - 2000.
These adjustments may be offset against:
(a) any equivalent
overaward payments; and/or
(b) award wage
increases since 29 May 1991 other than safety net, State Wage Case, and minimum
rates adjustments.
PART 3 ¾
SPECIAL RATES AND CONDITIONS FOR SPORTING GOODS SECTION
The rates and conditions of this appendix shall apply to the
manufacture and repair of sporting goods, in lieu of the relevant rates and
conditions contained in the award.
1. Wage Rates -
Adults
The minimum weekly rates of wages to be paid to an adult
employee of the appropriate classification shall be calculated by adding to the
base rate set out in this clause the appropriate supplementary payment
prescribed in clause 2 of this appendix.
1.1 Group 1 -
1.1.1 Tennis frame
operations - spindle machinists and router machinists and all operations
performed on either router or spindling lining cutting grips by hand from hides
or sides; tennis racquet stringing and/or restringing with natural gut; and
tennis racquet repairing, responsible person in charge of radio frequency
gluing equipment and radio frequency gluing operations.
1.1.2 Golf club
operations:
1.1.2(a) Iron
heads - Shaping or grinder; checking and resetting final buffing.
1.1.2(b) Wood
and/or plastic heads - Club making throughout; cutting grips by hand from sides
or hides.
1.1.3 Cricket bat
operations Spindle machinists; wood turning with handles fitted by hand.
1.1.4 Rifle
operations - In letters, automatic shaping machinists; spindle machinists and
router machinists.
1.1.5 General - Maker
and/or repairer of sporting goods in wholesale or retail establishments.
1.2 Group 2 -
1.2.1 Tennis frame
operations - circular sawyers; band sawyers; jig sawyers; gluing machine
operators jointer and/or buzzer machinists; bobbin sander machinist to
dimensions; gauger or templates; bench hands using hand tools; cone sander
machinists; gripping; crane stripper machinists who grade and sort; cylinder or
barrel saw machinists; and tennis racquet stringing and/or restringing with
synthetic strings.
1.2.2 Golf club
operations:
1.2.2(a) Iron
heads - First buffing; face making; stamping by hand hammer; gripping; fluing
and packing of inserts and oven automatic time; pouring of stainless steel
heads.
1.2.2(b) Wood
and/or plastic heads - band sawyers; copying lathe machinists; sander
machinists; sprayers; gripping.
1.2.3 Cricket bat
operations - Jointer and/or buzzer machinists; circular sawyers; copying lathe
machinists; twin sawyers; lathe machinists; sand belt machinists; buffing;
stamping machinists and bench hand ie. employees using drawn knife, spoke shave
and plane for work other than fitting handles.
1.2.4 Rifle
operations - Circular sawyers; five spindle profiler machinists; copying lathe
machinists; bench hands except as to hand papering; gun and ammunition box
makers.
1.2.5 Fishing rod
operations:
1.2.5(a) Blanking
operations:
• mixing
of resin and extruding blanks;
• festooning
and/or spreading;
• rolling
patterns;
• sanding
or tapering;
• cutting,
gauging and testing of blanks;
• plugging
butts and cutting back (steel wool);
• dipping
mandrels after extraction in resin;
• inspection.
1.2.5(b) Mounting
operations - tubular glass rods:
• turning
corks;
• countersinking
bottom of cork;
• drilling
cork both ends;
• gluing
and fitting cork and wood handles to rod;
• fitting
and gluing winch and corks;
• final
sanding cork to size;
• sanding
blanks for ferrule fitting and tip fitting;
• preparing
special glue;
• cleaning
and applying tape;
• inspecting
of mountings.
1.3 Group 3 -
1.3.1 Tennis frame
operations - Cross-cut sawyers; thicknesser machinists; lamination bending on
forms; bridge bending; bobbie sander machinists; pneumatic sander machinists;
gluing clamps; gluing jigs; boring machinists: slotting machinists; cane
stripping machinists; wedge machinists overlay bending; gluing overlays;
spraying; weighing and balancing grip cutting: skiving by machine and
outlining; operator of radio frequency gluing equipment other than responsible
person.
1.3.2 Golf club
operations:
1.3.2(a) Iron
heads - Lathe machinists; disc grinder machinists; bench drill and hand reamer
machinists; automatic insert recessing machinists.
1.3.2(b) Shaping
irons - Sheathing; buffing machinists; shafting vulcanising; fibroloiding;
capping; sand blasting finishing; forming; assembling or dipping of wax heads
and runners; curing of shell moulds; removal of shell from iron heads.
1.3.2(c) Wood
and/or plastic head - Drillers, single spindle profile machinists; sheathing;
buffing; vulcanising; fibroloiding; capping stamping; scoring; polishing;
finishing grip cutting skiving by machine.
1.3.3 Cricket bat
operations - Thicknesser machinist roller press operators; buff machinists; gripping
machinists; bench hands on papering, taping, binding, labelling and packing;
case machinists; cross-cut sawyers; gluing slips; preparing rubber and cork
handle gluing.
1.3.4 Rifle
operations - Single spindle profiler machinists; boring machinists; automatic
eight station transfer machinists; machinists not elsewhere included.
1.3.5 Fishing rod
operations:
1.3.5(a) Mounting
operations - tubular glass rods:
• gluing
and assembling corks;
• dismantling
corks from mandrel;
• assembling
slides and nuts to winch;
• plugging
ends where necessary;
• gluing
ferrules and tips;
• extracting
mandrels.
1.3.5(b) Mounting
operations - extruded rods:
• assembling
and fitting cork or wood butts;
• assembling
rods.
1.4 Group 4 -
1.4.1 Assistants to
gluing machinists;
1.4.2 Assistants to
operations of any machine above-mentioned;
1.4.3 Employees
engaged on any operation not mentioned above.
1.5 Group 5 -
The rates payable for the making of other classes of sporting goods for
badminton; lacrosse; hockey; squash; polocrosse; billiards; skis and surf
boards shall be the nearest appropriate weekly rate set out in Groups 1 to 4
(inclusive) above.
Employees supervised
|
Leading hands - per
week
|
|
$
|
2 to 6 employees
|
12.35
|
7 to 10 employees
|
20.05
|
Over 10 employees
|
30.70
|
2. Wage Rates
|
|
Supplementary
|
Total Minimum
arbitrated
|
|
Base Rate
|
Payments
|
Safety net amount
|
|
Per weel
|
Per week
|
Payment
|
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
Group 1
|
412.40
|
48.10
|
460.50
|
Group 2
|
394.20
|
45.40
|
439.60
|
Group 3
|
374.50
|
42.50
|
417.00
|
Group 4
|
359.80
|
40.60
|
400.40
|
Arbitrated Safety Net
Adjustments
The rates of pay in this Appendix include the adjustments
payable under the State Wage Case - 2000.
These adjustments may be offset against:
(a) any equivalent
overaward payments; and/or
(b) award wage
increases since 29 May 1991 other than safety net, State Wage Case, and minimum
rates adjustments.
3. Rates for
Juniors
3.1 The minimum
weekly rates of wages to be paid to junior employees shall be calculated at the
following respective percentages of the appropriate base award rate (total
award rate in South Australia) for classifications in Group 3 as provided in
clause 1 of this appendix:
Age
|
Percentage
|
16 and under
|
43
|
16
|
51
|
17
|
61
|
17-1/2
|
67
|
18
|
77
|
19
|
83
|
20
|
88
|
3.2 The above
percentages shall be calculated in multiples of 5 cents, amounts of 2 cents or
less being taken to the lower multiple and amounts in excess of 2 cents to the
higher multiple.
4. Proportion of
Juniors
In or about any sporting goods making factory the number of
juniors employed at less than the appropriate adult rate may equal but shall
not exceed one and a half times the number of employees therein at wage rates
for adult employees.
5. Prohibited
Occupations
Juniors shall not be employed in the following operations,
except as assistant on bending and gluing machines, and as hereinafter
provided:
5.1 Operator of
saws.
5.2 Operator of
buzzer, jointer, planer, gluing machine shaper, belt sander, routing machines
(except machines used for the grooving of the bows for the strings of all sporting
goods made of wood).
5.3 Tennis,
squash or badminton rim bending, hockey "U" bending, lacrosse stick
bending.
5.4 Setting up
and grinding knives of any lathe.
5.5 Fitting as
described in the wage rate classifications but not including assembling.
5.6 Wood turning
except on automatic and semi-automatic copying lathes and on small plugs for
golf shafts.
5.7 In the event
of new machines being introduced the question of whether the work is for
juniors or adults shall be decided by the local Branch of the union, where
applicable, and the employer concerned, and in the event of no agreement the
matter shall be referred to the Industrial Relations Commission of New South
Wales.
APPENDIX E ¾
MERCHANDISING AND RETAIL SECTOR
1. Classification
and Skill Level ¾
Definitions for the Merchandising/Retail Sector
Notwithstanding anything elsewhere contained in this award,
the following definitions are intended to convey the broad intent of the
parties as to the relative skills, responsibilities and conditions under which
employees at each level will work.
The provisions of the Sawmillers, &c. (State) Award, as
varied, shall apply to persons performing work provided for in this appendix
unless such provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this appendix.
1.1 Merchandising
‑ Level 1 - Relativity to Level 5 - 78%.
1.1.1 General
1.1.1(a) Criteria
for extension of term in Level 1 beyond three months - A worker who enters the
industry and is unable to meet the competency requirements of Level 2 will remain
in Level 1 for a maximum of three months unless an extension for up to a
further three months is agreed by the employer and the employee, and the union
where the employee is a union member. Extension of the term of Level 1 beyond
three months will only be considered when:
1.1.1(a)(i) the
employee has participated in a structured and documented skill development
program which sets out and covers the standards of competence the Level 1
worker is required to achieve for progression to Level 2;
1.1.1(a)(ii) any
deficiencies in the performance of the employee during the skill development
program have been described clearly to the employee at the time they have
occurred and standards for acceptable performance have been made clear to the
employee;
1.1.1(a)(iii) suitable
conditions have been provided for training including sufficient time,
appropriate environment and equipment and a skilled trainer; and
1.1.1(a)(iv) given
the above, the employee has not reached the standards of competence set down in
the skill development program.
1.1.1(b) Process
for extension of the term in Level 1 beyond three months - Where an employer
proposes that the term an employee will spend in Level 1 should be extended
beyond three months the following actions will be taken at least three weeks
before the expiration of the initial three months:
1.1.1(b)(i) the
employee will be advised in writing. This advice will set out clearly the areas
where the employee has not reached the competency standards required for
progression to Level 2 and are set out in the skill development program;
1.1.1(b)(ii) where
the employee is a member of the union a copy of the advice to the employee will
be sent to the relevant branch secretary of the union at the same time as it is
provided to the employee;
1.1.1(b)(iii) subsequent
to the advice of intention to extend the period in Level 1 beyond three months
being issued, a meeting will be held between the employer and the employee and
a full-time official of the union or their nominee where the employee is a
union member. At this meeting the parties will develop and agree on a plan
(including time frames) to assist the employee to develop competence to the
required standard in the areas identified as deficient agreed with by the
employee. This plan will be documented and signed by all parties - that is the
employer, the employee and the union official where the employee is a union
member;
1.1.1(b)(iv) the
employee (and the branch office of the union if the employee is a union member)
will be notified immediately by the employer if any further problems arise
during this ‘extension period’.
1.1.1(b)(v) A Level
1 worker:
1. will
complete a program of induction training;
2. will
complete a program of skills training to meet the requirement of being able to
competently perform work within the scope of Level 2.
1.1.2 General
description of skills required - A
Level 1 worker will exercise the following skills:
1.1.2(a) the
ability to follow instructions;
1.1.2(b) manual
handling skills; and
1.1.2(c) the ability
to follow standards and procedures.
1.1.3 General
description of knowledge required - A Level 1 worker will develop the
following:
1.1.3(a) broad
knowledge of the industry sector and operations at the enterprise level;
1.1.3(b) broad
understanding of all functions carried out in the enterprise;
1.1.3(c) understanding
of health and safety regulations and procedures relevant to the level;
1.1.3(d) an
understanding of the employment conditions set out in the award, and enterprise
policies and procedures relating to conditions;
1.1.3(e) knowledge
of the resource used in the sector; and
1.1.3(f) knowledge of the
range and uses of basic hand tools.
1.1.4 Induction
training - Induction training will include the following:
1.1.4(a) basic
occupational health and safety;
1.1.4(b) first
aid;
1.1.4(c) conditions
of employment; and
1.1.4(d) company
policies and objectives.
1.1.5 Level of
responsibility - Workers at Level 1 will work under direct supervision at all
times and will be expected to exercise minimal judgment.
1.2 Merchandising
- Level 2 - Relativity to Level 5 - 82%.
1.2.1 General - An
employee at this level performs work above and beyond the skills of a Level 1
employee and is competent to perform work within the scope of this level.
At this level an employee:
1.2.1(a) will
have a broad general knowledge of the industry and the functions carried out in
the workplace;
1.2.1(b) works
under direct supervision either individually or in a team environment;
1.2.1(c) understands
and undertakes basic quality control/assurance procedures including the ability
to recognise basic quality deviations/faults;
1.2.1(d) understands
and utilises basic process control procedures;
1.2.1(e) may
assist skilled trainers in the provision of on-the-job training; and
1.2.1(f) should
be given the opportunity to participate in ongoing skills training to enable
progress to Level 3.
1.2.2 Indicative
tasks - An employee at this level will perform any or all of the tasks listed
below and will be expected after suitable training to operate flexibly between
work stations at this level:
1.2.2(a) sorts,
stacks and bind materials;
1.2.2(b) uses
and maintains selected hand tools;
1.2.2(c) operates
a chainsaw at a basic level ancillary to normal duties;
1.2.2(d) assists
sawyer to change bandsaw;
1.2.2(e) operates
manual and motorised transfer equipment;
1.2.2(f) assists
in assembling wall frames and roof trusses;
1.2.2(g) primes
and paints; and
1.2.2(h) operates
a range of basic pre-set wood machines as prescribed within the current
definitions of the award appropriate to this level.
1.2.3 General
description of skills required - In addition to those outlined in Level 1:
1.2.3(a) manual
handling skills;
1.2.3(b) the
ability to make judgements by eye of size and shape;
1.2.3(c) ability
to operate basic, pre-set cutting equipment;
1.2.3(d) ability
to use hand power tools safely; and
1.2.3(e) problem
solving skills.
1.2.4 General
description of knowledge required - In addition to that outlined in Level 1:
1.2.4(a) basic
knowledge of timber use and value;
1.2.4(b) awareness
of occupational health and safety procedures for pre-set cutting equipment, and
other health and safety procedures;
1.2.4(c) knowledge
of the functions and use of hand tools and base technology saws/machine/equipment
for this level.
1.2.5 Level of
responsibility - An employee at this level will be:
1.2.5(a) responsible
for identifying and solving minor problems which occur in the work process the
Level 2 worker is directly responsible for;
1.2.5(b) required
to work to predetermined standards and outcomes; and
1.2.5(c) responsible
for keeping own work area safe and clean.
1.2.6 Promotional
criteria - An employee remains at this level until capable of effectively
performing through assessment or appropriate certification the tasks required
of the next level so as to enable progress as a position becomes available.
1.3 Merchandising
- Level 3 - Relativity to Level 5 - 87.4%.
1.3.1 General - An
employee at this level performs work above and beyond the skills of an employee
at Level 2 and is competent to perform work within the scope of this level.
At this level an employee:
1.3.1(a) is
responsible for the quality of own work subject to general supervision;
1.3.1(b) works
under general supervision either individually or in a team environment;
1.3.1(c) exercises
discretion within own level of skills and training;
1.3.1(d) operates
flexibly between work stations and machines;
1.3.1(e) may
assist skilled trainers in the provision of on-the-job training; and
1.3.1(f) should
be given the opportunity to participate in ongoing skills training to enable
them to progress to Level 4.
1.3.2 Indicative
tasks - An employee at this level will perform any or all of the tasks listed
below and will be expected after suitable training to operate flexibly between
work stations at this level:
1.3.2(a) demonstrates
basic keyboard skills;
1.3.2(b) size
and straighten timber to feed dresser;
1.3.2(c) tails
out, moulder, planer or equivalent machinery and pulls out behind saw benches;
1.3.2(d) checks
timber and operates docking and/or trim saw to eliminate defects;
1.3.2(e) sets
up and operates a range of wood machines as prescribed within the current
definitions of the award appropriate to this level;
1.3.2(f) sets
up and operates a range of saws including docking saws appropriate to this
level;
1.3.2(g) grades
timber visually according to quality; (1)
1.3.2(h) prepares
timber orders and tallies timber;
1.3.2(i) assists
a tradesperson to carry out duties;
1.3.2(j) assembles
wall and roof trusses appropriate to this level;
1.3.2(k) assists
in setting up jig for standard "A" roof trusses;
1.3.2(l) responds
to customer routine enquires and lays out stock for delivery driver; and
1.3.2(m) removes
and replaces saw blades on dresser.
Note: (1) Employees must have completed a
recognised grading course.
1.3.3 General
description of skills required - In addition to those outlined in Level 2:
1.3.3(a) ability
to interpret and follow plans and procedures;
1.3.3(b) problem
solving skills;
1.3.3(c) ability
to operate machinery/saws/equipment according to prescribed procedures and
standards appropriate to this level;
1.3.3(d) ability
to grade timber according to obvious defects and to exercise quality control;
and
1.3.3(e) ability
to record simple information on lengths and species of timber in writing.
1.3.4 General
description of knowledge required - In addition to that outlined in Level 2:
1.3.4(a) knowledge
of commonly used timbers, their value, and what products they can be used for;
1.3.4(b) knowledge
of storage, stacking and drying technique;
1.3.4(c) knowledge
of the functions and use of saws, machines and equipment for this level;
1.3.4(d) knowledge
of health and safety procedures/regulations appropriate to this level;
1.3.4(e) knowledge
of the industry standards for tasks performed at this level; and
1.3.4(f) knowledge
of quality control standards appropriate to this level.
1.3.5 Level of
responsibility -
1.3.5(a) An
employee at this level will operate under general direction for the whole job.
Individual tasks will be completed according to clear, set procedures and
standards. An employee will be responsible for the quality of work within these
limits.
1.3.5(b) The
employee will also be responsible for identifying and solving problems which
occur in the work process the Level 3 worker is directly responsible for, and
for identifying and reporting problems outside own work process.
1.3.6 Promotional
criteria - An employee remains at this level until capable of effectively
performing through assessment or appropriate certification the tasks required
of the next level so as to enable progress as a position becomes available.
1.4 Merchandising
- Level 4 - Relativity to Level 5 - 92.4%.
1.4.1 General - An
employee at this level performs work above and beyond the skills of an employee
at Level 3 and is competent to perform work within the scope of this level.
At this level an employee:
1.4.1(a) works
from complex instructions and procedures;
1.4.1(b) may
assist skilled trainers in provision of on-the-job training;
1.4.1(c) works
in a team environment or works individually under general supervision;
1.4.1(d) is
responsible for assuring the quality of work in their own areas; and
1.4.1(e) should
be given the opportunity to participate in ongoing skills training to enable
progress to Level 5.
1.4.2 Indicative
tasks - An employee at this level will perform any or all of the tasks listed
below. They will be expected after suitable training to operate flexibly
between work stations at this level:
1.4.2(a) maintains
and fault finds on plant and equipment (including lubrication);
1.4.2(b) operates
mobile equipment appropriate to this level; (1)
1.4.2(c) demonstrates
intermediate keyboard skills including CNC operations in saw/and or machines
where the operator controls one process only;
1.4.2(d) grades
timber (both quality and stress); (2)
1.4.2(e) selects
grades and marks materials for re-manufacturing and from stock for filling
orders including tallying, measuring and checking of complete orders and
compiling for dispatch;
1.4.2(f) collects
payment for goods from customer;
1.4.2(g) maintains
delivery schedules;
1.4.2(h) sets
up, monitors and operates band or circular saw;
1.4.2(i) assembles
wall frames and roof trusses appropriate to this level including operation and
responsibility for wall frame fabricating machines manually controlled; and
1.4.2(j) sharpens
saws (with or without tensioning) chainsaws, hand tools, knives, grinds and
sharpens debarker/chipper blades and operate punching press for saws (without
tipping).
Note: (1) Employees must hold appropriate
licences/certification.
(2) Employees
must have completed an approved training course.
1.4.3 General
description of skills required - In addition to that outlined in Level 3:
1.4.3(a) ability
to set up and adjust machines to produce a specific product;
1.4.3(b) ability
to drive and operate mobile machinery;
1.4.3(c) ability
to complete simple clerical tasks;
1.4.3(d) problem
solving skills;
1.4.3(e) ability
to select suitable methods for completing tasks and plan the order in which to
complete them; and
1.4.3(f) ability
to assess timber for cutting giving regard to quality and the purpose it will
be used for.
1.4.4 General
description of knowledge required - In addition to that outlined in Level 3:
1.4.4(a) knowledge
of saws, machinery and equipment used at this level;
1.4.4(b) knowledge
of health and safety legislation and procedures appropriate to this level; and
1.4.4(c) knowledge
of the industry standards for tasks performed at this level.
1.4.5 Level of
responsibility -
1.4.5(a) An
employee at this level will operate under general direction for the whole job.
In completing individual tasks an employee will work to set standards. An
employee will be responsible for the quality of work in own area.
1.4.5(b) The
employee will also be responsible for identifying and solving problems which
occur in the work process the Level 4 worker is directly responsible for, and
in conjunction with other identifying and solving problems in their work area.
1.4.6 Promotional
criteria - An employee remains at this level until capable of effectively
performing through assessment or appropriate certification the tasks required
of the next level so as to enable progress as a position becomes available.
1.5 Merchandising
- Level 5 - Relativity to Level 5 - 100%.
1.5.1 General
Timber Tradesperson
Merchandising Employee
An employee at this level works above and beyond the
skills of an employee at Level 4 and is competent to perform work within the
scope of this level.
At this level an employee:
1.5.1(a) Understands
and applies quality control techniques.
1.5.1(b) Exercises
good interpersonal and communication skills.
1.5.1(c) Exercises
keyboard skills at a level higher than Level 4.
1.5.1(d) Exercises
discretion within the scope of this grade.
1.5.1(e) Performs
work under limited supervision either individually or in a team environment.
1.5.1(f) Able
to inspect products and/or materials for conformity with established
operational standards.
1.5.1(g) Conducts
training in conjunction with a skilled trainer as required.
1.5.2 Timber
Tradesperson - A Timber Tradesperson Level 5 is an employee who holds a Trade
Certificate or Tradespersons Rights Certificate as a:
1.5.2(a) Timber
Tradesperson - Grinder;
1.5.2(b) Timber
Tradesperson ‑ Wood Machinist;
1.5.2(c) Timber
Tradesperson ‑ Wood Turner; and
1.5.2(d) Timber
Tradesperson - Sawdoctor;
and is able to exercise the skills and knowledge of
that trade and may be required to supervise other employees.
1.5.3 Indicative
tasks - An employee at this level will perform any or all of the tasks listed
below and will be expected, after suitable training, to operate flexibly
between work stations at this level:
1.5.3(a) understands
and applies quality control techniques for self and others;
1.5.3(b) exercises
good interpersonal and communication skills;
1.5.3(c) exercises
keyboard skills at a level higher than Level 4;
1.5.3(d) exercises
discretion within the scope of this grade;
1.5.3(e) performs
work under limited supervision either individually or in a team environment;
1.5.3(f) operates
all lifting equipment incidental to his/her work;
1.5.3(g) performs
non‑trade tasks incidental to his/her work;
1.5.3(h) performs
work which, while primarily involving the skills of the employee’s trade, is
incidental or peripheral to the primary task and facilitates the completion of
the whole task. Such incidental or peripheral work would not require additional
formal technical training;
1.5.3(i) inspects
products and/or materials for conformity with established operational standards
as required; and
1.5.3(j) sets
up monitors and operates range of wood machines as prescribed within the
current definitions of the award appropriate to this level including multi
headed square dresser.
1.5.4 Level of
responsibility -
1.5.4(a) An
employee at this level has greater responsibility than those at Level 4 in that
the employee may be responsible for the work of others through the monitoring
role. The employee will be responsible for work outcomes regarding quantity and
quality in own area, including their own work and the work of others. The
employee may be required to supervise others in groups in the training
situation. An employee at this level will be required to exercise discretion in
the planning and carrying out of work.
1.5.4(b) The
employee will also be responsible with others for identifying and solving
problems in their work areas; if supervising others for initiating,
coordinating and monitoring problem solving in own work area; for identifying
and reporting problems in other work areas where they affect activity in own
work area.
1.5.5 Promotional
criteria - An employee remains at this level until capable of effectively
performing through assessment or appropriate certification the tasks required
of the next level so as to enable progress as a position becomes available.
1.6 Merchandising
Employee - Level 5 - Relativity to Level 5 - 100%.
1.6.1 General - An
Employee at this level performs work above and beyond the skills of an employee
at Level 4 and is competent to perform work within the scope of this level.
At this level an employee:
1.6.1(a) understands
and applies quality control techniques;
1.6.1(b) exercises
good interpersonal and communication skills;
1.6.1(c) exercises
keyboard skills at a level higher than Level 4;
1.6.1(d) exercises
discretion within the scope of this grade;
1.6.1(e) performs
work under limited supervision either individually or in a team environment;
1.6.1(f) able
to inspect products and/or materials for conformity with established
operational standards; and
1.6.1(g) conducts
training in conjunction with a skilled trainer as required.
1.6.2 Indicative
tasks - An employee at this level will perform any or all of the tasks listed
below and will be expected after suitable training to operate flexibly between
work stations at this level:
1.6.2(a) sets
up truss jigs;
1.6.2(b) prepares
cutting lists of timber for use in the manufacture of building components from
Builders, Architects, or other plans (NSW only); and
1.6.2(c) sets
up, monitors and operates a range of wood machines within the current
definitions of the award appropriate to this level including multi headed
square dresser.
1.6.3 General
description of skills required - In addition to those outlined in Level 4:
1.6.3(a) ability
to make decisions regarding work processes and implement them in own work area;
1.6.3(b) ability
to use judgement based on experience to optimise productivity in own work area;
1.6.3(c) ability
to supervise workers in the training situation;
1.6.3(d) ability
to set up, operate and monitor mechanical and CNC equipment used in work area;
1.6.3(e) ability
to work to standards requiring precision and attention to detail; and
1.6.3(f) problem
solving skills.
1.6.4 General
description of knowledge required - In addition to that outlined in Level 4:
1.6.4(a) detailed
knowledge of the sector and work undertaken at the enterprise;
1.6.4(b) understanding
of quality control techniques;
1.6.4(c) knowledge
of industry standards for product and/or materials;
1.6.4(d) thorough
knowledge of equipment/machinery used in the work area;
1.6.4(e) knowledge
of occupational health, safety techniques and legislation for work undertaken
at this level;
1.6.4(f) detailed
knowledge of product used; and
1.6.4(g) knowledge
of training principles and practices.
1.6.5 Level of
responsibility -
1.6.5(a) An
employee at this level has greater responsibility than at Level 4 in that the
employee may be responsible for the work of others through the monitoring role.
The employee will be responsible for work outcomes regarding quantity and
quality in own area, including own work and the work of others. The employee
may be required to supervise others in groups in the training situation. An
employee at this level will be required to exercise discretion in the planning
and carrying out of work.
1.6.5(b) The
employee will also be responsible, with others, for identifying and solving
problems in their work areas; if supervising others for initiating,
coordinating and monitoring problem solving in own work area; for identifying
and reporting problems in other work areas where they affect activity in own
work area.
1.6.6 Promotional
criteria - An employee remains at this level until capable of effectively
performing through assessment or appropriate certification the tasks required
of the next level so as to enable progress as a position becomes available.
1.7 Merchandising
- Level 6 - Relativity to Level 5 - 105%.
1.7.1 General
Timber Tradesperson
Merchandising Employee
A Timber Tradesperson at this level works above and beyond an
employee at Level 5 and is competent to perform work within the scope of this
level.
At this level an employee:
1.7.1(a) understands
and applies quality control techniques;
1.7.1(b) exercises
good interpersonal and communication skills;
1.7.1(c) exercises
keyboard skills at a level higher than Level 5;
1.7.1(d) exercises
discretion within the scope of this grade;
1.7.1(e) performs
work under limited supervision either individually or in a team environment;
1.7.1(f) will
be responsible for planning own work and the work of others and for the
quantity and quality of the results of that work; and
1.7.1(g) conducts
training as required.
1.7.2 Timber
Tradesperson - A Timber Tradesperson Level 6 is a Saw Doctor Tradesperson who
has completed an appropriate post trade course in maintaining high tension saws
and stellite tipping or a Wood Machinist Tradesperson who has completed an
appropriate post trade course (or equivalent) in CNC and PLC machinery
operations and CAD design system and is able to exercise the skills and
knowledge of that trade and may be required to supervise other employees.
1.7.3 Indicative
tasks - An employee at this level will perform any or all of the tasks listed
below and will be expected, after suitable training, to operate flexibly
between work stations at this level:
1.7.3(a) exercises
the skills attained through satisfactory completion of the training prescribed
for this classification subject to the standards of this award;
1.7.3(b) exercises
discretion within the scope of this grade;
1.7.3(c) works
under limited supervision either individually or in a team environment;
1.7.3(d) understands
and implements quality control techniques;
1.7.3(e) provides
trade guidance and assistance as part of a work team;
1.7.3(f) exercises
trade skills relevant to the specific requirements of the enterprise at a level
higher than Timber Tradesperson Level 5;
1.7.3(g) supervision
and training of employees as required; and
1.7.3(h) ability
to plan, conduct and evaluate training both on and off the job, one to one and
in groups.
1.7.4 Level of
responsibility - An employee at this level will be responsible in conjunction
with others for identifying and solving problems in own work area. If
supervising others the employee will be responsible for initiating,
coordinating and monitoring problem solving in own work area. The employee will
be responsible for identifying and reporting problems in other work areas where
they affect activity in own work area.
1.8 Merchandising
Employee - Level 6 - Relativity to Level 5 - 105%.
1.8.1 General - An
Employee at this level performs work above and beyond the skills of a Level 5
Merchandising employee and is competent to perform work within the scope of
this level and has acquired skills recognised by the employer.
At this level an employee:
1.8.1(a) understands
and applies quality control techniques;
1.8.1(b) exercises
good interpersonal and communication skills;
1.8.1(c) exercises
keyboard skills at a level higher than Level 5;
1.8.1(d) exercises
discretion within the scope of this grade;
1.8.1(e) performs
work under limited supervision either individually or in a team environment;
1.8.1(f) will
be responsible for planning own work and the work of others and for the
quantity and quality of the results of that work; and
1.8.1(g) conducts
training as required.
1.8.2 Indicative
tasks - An employee at this level will perform any or all of the tasks listed
below and will be expected after suitable training to operate flexibly between
work stations at this level:
1.8.2(a) operates
a wide range of complex machines, saws and/or equipment in the work place;
1.8.2(b) exercises
the skills attained through satisfactory completion of the training prescribed
for this classification subject to the standards of this award;
1.8.2(c) exercises
discretion within the scope of this grade;
1.8.2(d) works
under limited supervision either individually or in a team environment;
1.8.2(e) understands
and implements quality control techniques;
1.8.2(f) supervision
and training of employees as required; and
1.8.2(g) ability
to plan, conduct and evaluate training both on and off the job, one to one and
in groups.
1.8.3 General
description of skills required - In addition to those outlined in Level 5:
1.8.3(a) the
ability to plan work for self and others;
1.8.3(b) problem
solving skills;
1.8.3(c) ability
to apply quality control techniques to the work of self and others;
1.8.3(d) ability
to plan, conduct and evaluate training both on and off the job, one to one and
in groups;
1.8.3(e) highly
effective interpersonal and communication skills;
1.8.3(f) ability
to apply relevant legislation to work of self and others; and
1.8.3(g) ability
to exercise Level 6 skills.
1.8.4 General
description of knowledge required - In addition to that outlined in Level 5:
1.8.4(a) detailed
knowledge of the sector and operations in the enterprise;
1.8.4(b) in-depth
knowledge of health and safety regulations and procedures relevant to this
level;
1.8.4(c) a
knowledge of training principle and practices; and
1.8.4(d) knowledge
of CAD/Cam operations.
1.8.5 Level of
responsibility -
1.8.5(a) Workers
at this level will operate with limited and intermittent direction. They will
be responsible for planning their own work and the work of others and ensuring
it is completed on time to established standards.
1.8.5(b) Responsibility
for a high degree of precision and accuracy in all work performed will be
important.
1.8.5(c) Level
6 workers may be responsible for the operations of work team. They will be
responsible in conjunction with others for identifying and solving problems in
their own work area. If supervising others they will be responsible for
initiating, coordination and monitoring problem solving in their own work area.
They will be responsible for identifying and reporting problems in other work
areas where they affect activity in their own work area.
APPENDIX F ¾
FOREST AND BUILDING PRODUCTS (STATE) TRAINING WAGE APPENDIX
PART A
Arrangement
Clause No. Subject Matter
1. Title
2. Application
3. Objective
4. Supersession
5. Definitions
6. Training
Conditions
7. Employment
Conditions
8. Wages
9. Part-time
Traineeships
10. Grievance
Procedures
11. Area,
Incidence and Duration
PART B
MONETARY RATES
Table 1 -Industry/Skill Level B
Table - School Based Traineeships
PART C
INDUSTRY/SKILL LEVELS
1. Title
This appendix shall be known as the Forest and Building
Products (State) Training Wage Appendix.
2. Application
(a) Subject to
subclause (c) of this clause this appendix shall apply to persons who are
undertaking a Traineeship (as defined) and is to be read in conjunction with the
award contained in clause 11, Area, Incidence and Duration or any legally
registered award or any former industrial agreement of the Industrial Relations
Commission of New South Wales which covers the terms and conditions of
employment of persons performing work covered by the above listed award in the
said clause 11.
(b) The terms
and conditions of the award in clause 11 or any former industrial agreement of
the Industrial Relations Commission of New South Wales shall apply except where
inconsistent with this appendix.
(c) Notwithstanding
the foregoing, this appendix shall not apply to employees who were employed by
an employer under an award referred to in subclause (a) in this clause prior to
the date of approval of a traineeship scheme relevant to the employer, except
where agreed upon between the employer and the relevant union, where
applicable.
(d) This
appendix does not apply to the Apprenticeship system.
3. Objective
The objective of this appendix is to assist in the
establishment of a system of traineeships which provides approved training in
conjunction with employment in order to enhance the skill levels and future
employment prospects of Trainees, particularly young people, and the long term
unemployed. The system is neither
designed nor intended for those who are already trained and job ready. It is not intended that existing employees
shall be displaced from employment by Trainees.
Except as provided for in Clause 4 Supersession, nothing in
this appendix shall be taken to replace the prescription of training
requirements in the relevant award.
4. Supersession
Any existing award provisions for the Australian Traineeship
System (ATS) or the Career Start Traineeship (CST) shall only remain applicable
in relation to ATS or CST trainees who commenced a traineeship with an employer
before the commencement of this appendix.
5. Definitions
"Approved Training" means training undertaken
(both on or off the job) in a Traineeship and shall involve formal instruction,
both theoretical and practical, and supervised practice in accordance with a
Traineeship Scheme approved by the relevant NSW Training Authority or the
National Employment and Training Task Force (NETTFORCE). The training will be accredited and lead to
qualifications as set out in clause 6 of subclause (e), Training Conditions.
"Relevant Award" means an award that applies to a
Trainee, or that would have applied, but for the operation of this appendix.
"Relevant Union" means a union party to a relevant
award and which is entitled to enrol the Trainee as a member.
"Trainee" means an employee who is bound by a
Traineeship Agreement made in accordance with this appendix.
"Traineeship" means a system of training which has
been approved by the relevant NSW Training Authority, or which meets the
requirements of a National Training Package developed by a National Industry
Training Advisory Board and endorsed by the National Training Framework
Committee, which leads to an Australian Qualifications Framework qualification
specified by that National Training Package, or which has been approved on an
interim basis by the National Employment and Training Taskforce (NETTFORCE),
until the final approval is granted by the relevant NSW Training Authority and
includes full time traineeships and part time traineeships including
school-based traineeships.
"Traineeship Agreement" means an agreement made
subject to the terms of this appendix between an Employer and the Trainee for a
Traineeship and which is registered with the relevant NSW Training Authority,
NETTFORCE, or under the provisions of the appropriate State legislation. A Traineeship Agreement shall be made in
accordance with the relevant approved Traineeship Scheme and shall not operate
unless this condition is met.
"Traineeship Scheme" means an approved Traineeship
applicable to a group or class of employees or to an industry or sector of an
industry or an enterprise. A
Traineeship Scheme shall not be given approval unless consultation and
negotiation with the relevant union upon the terms of the proposed Traineeship
Scheme and the Traineeship have occurred.
An application for approval of a Traineeship Scheme shall identify the
relevant union and demonstrate to the satisfaction of the relevant NSW Training
Authority or NETTFORCE that the above mentioned consultation and negotiation
have occurred. A Traineeship Scheme
shall include a standard format which may be used for a Traineeship Agreement.
"Parties to a Traineeship Scheme" means the
employer organisation and/or the employer and the relevant union involved in
the consultation and negotiation required for the approval of a Traineeship
Scheme.
"NETTFORCE" means the National Employment and
Training Taskforce.
References in this award to "the relevant NSW Training
Authority" or "NETTFORCE" shall be taken to be a reference to
NETTFORCE in respect of a Traineeship that is the subject of an interim
approval but not a final approval by the relevant NSW Training Authority. NETTFORCE powers and functions stipulated in
this award may be circumscribed by the terms of an agreement between NETTFORCE
and the relevant NSW Training Authority.
"School-Based Trainee" is a student enrolled in
the Higher School Certificate, or equivalent qualification, who is undertaking
a traineeship which forms a recognised component of their HSC curriculum, and
is endorsed by the relevant NSW Training Authority.
"Appropriate State Legislation" means the Industrial
and Commercial Training Act 1989 or any successor legislation.
"Year 10" for the purposes of this award means any
person leaving school before completing Year 10 shall be deemed to have
completed Year 10.
6. Training
Conditions
(a) The Trainee
shall attend an approved training course or training programme prescribed in
the Traineeship Agreement or as notified to the trainee by the relevant NSW
Training Authority in accredited and relevant Traineeship Schemes; or NETTFORCE if the Traineeship Scheme
remains subject to interim approval.
(b) A
Traineeship shall not commence until the relevant Traineeship Agreement, made
in accordance with a Traineeship Scheme, has been signed by the employer and
the trainee and lodged for registration with the relevant NSW Training
Authority or NETTFORCE, provided that if the Traineeship Agreement is not in a
standard format a Traineeship shall not commence until the Traineeship
Agreement has been registered with the relevant NSW Training Authority or
NETTFORCE. The employer shall ensure
that the Trainee is permitted to attend the training course or program provided
for in the Traineeship Agreement and shall ensure that the Trainee receives the
appropriate on-the-job training.
(c) The employer
shall provide a level of supervision in accordance with the Traineeship
Agreement during the Traineeship period.
(d) The employer
agrees that the overall training program will be monitored by officers of the relevant NSW Training Authority or
NETTFORCE and that training records or work books may be utilised as part of
this monitoring process.
(e) Training
shall be directed at:
(i) the
achievement of key competencies required for successful participation in the
workplace (where these have not been achieved, e.g. literacy, numeracy, problem
solving, team work, using technology), and as are proposed to be included in
the Australian Vocational Certificate Level 1 qualification.
This could be achieved through foundation competencies
which are part of endorsed competencies for an industry or enterprise; and/or
(ii) the
achievement of competencies required for successful participation in an
industry or enterprise (where there are endorsed national standards these will
define these competencies), as are proposed to be included in the Australian
Vocational Certificate Level 2 qualification or above.
7. Employment
Conditions
(a) A Trainee
shall be engaged as a full-time employee for a maximum of one year’s duration
provided that a Trainee shall be subject to a satisfactory probation period of
up to one month which may be reduced at the discretion of the employer. By agreement in writing, and with the
consent of the relevant NSW Training Authority or NETTFORCE, the relevant
employer and the Trainee may vary the duration of the Traineeship and the
extent of approved training provided that any agreement to vary is in
accordance with the relevant Traineeship Scheme.
Where the trainee completes the qualification, in the
Traineeship Agreement, earlier than the time specified in the Traineeship
Agreement, then the traineeship may be concluded by mutual agreement.
Unless the relevant NSW Training Authority otherwise
directs, the maximum duration for a traineeship shall be thirty-six months.
(b) An employer
shall not terminate the employment of a Trainee without firstly having provided
written notice of termination to the Trainee concerned and to the relevant NSW
Training Authority or NETTFORCE in accordance with the Traineeship Agreement or
the Industrial and Commercial Training Act 1989.
An employer who chooses not to continue the employment of a
trainee upon the completion of the traineeship shall notify, in writing, the
relevant NSW Training Authority or NETTFORCE of their decision.
(c) The Trainee
shall be permitted to be absent from work without loss of continuity of
employment and/or wages to attend the training in accordance with the Traineeship
Agreement.
(d) Where the
employment of a Trainee by an employer is continued after the completion of the
traineeship period, such traineeship period shall be counted as service for the
purposes of any relevant Award or any other legislative entitlements.
(e)
(i) The
Traineeship Agreement may restrict the circumstances under which the Trainee
may work overtime and shiftwork in order to ensure the training programme is
successfully completed.
(ii) No Trainee
shall work overtime or shiftwork on their own unless consistent with the
provisions of the relevant award.
(iii) No Trainee
shall work shiftwork unless the parties to a Traineeship Scheme agree that such
shiftwork makes satisfactory provision for approved training. Such training may be applied over a cycle in
excess of a week, but must average over the relevant period no less than the
amount of training required for non-shiftwork Trainees.
(iv) The Trainee
wage shall be the basis for the calculation of overtime and/or shift penalty
rates prescribed by the relevant award, unless otherwise agreed by the parties
to a Traineeship Scheme.
(f) All other
terms and conditions of the relevant award or former industrial agreement that
are applicable to the Trainee or would be applicable to the Trainee but for
this Appendix, shall apply unless specifically varied by this Appendix.
(g) A Trainee
who fails to complete the Traineeship or who cannot for any reason be placed in
full time employment with the employer on successful completion of the Traineeship
shall not be entitled to any severance payments.
8. Wages
(a)
(i) The weekly
wages payable to Trainees are as provided in Table 1 - Industry /Skill Level B
of Part B of this Appendix.
(ii) These wage
rates will only apply to Trainees while they are undertaking an approved
Traineeship which includes approved training as defined in this Appendix.
(iii) The wage
rates prescribed by this clause do not apply to complete trade level training
which is covered by the Apprenticeship system.
The rates of pay in this appendix include the adjustments
payable under the State Wage Cases - June 1998 and June 1999 adjustments. These adjustments may be offset against:
(a) any equivalent
overaward payments, and/or
(b) award wage
increases since 29 May 1991 other than safety net adjustments and minimum rates
adjustments.
(b) Part C sets
out the industry/skill level of an approved Traineeship. The industry skill levels contained in Part
C are prima facie the appropriate levels but are not determinative of the actual
skill levels (i.e. Skill Level B) that may be contained in a Traineeship
Scheme. The determination of the
appropriate skill level for the purpose of determining the appropriate wage
rate shall be made by NETTFORCE based on the following criteria:
(i) Any agreement
of the parties
(ii) The nature of
the industry
(iii) The total
training plan
(iv) Recognition
that training can be undertaken in stages
(v) The exit skill
level in the relevant award contemplated by the Traineeship.
In the event that the parties disagree with such
determination it shall be open to any party to the Award to seek to have the
matters in dispute determined by the Industrial Relations Commission of
NSW.
(c) For the
purposes of Table, 1, "out of school" shall refer only to periods out
of school beyond Year 10, and shall be deemed to:
(i) include any
period of schooling beyond Year 10 which was not part of nor contributed to a
completed year of schooling;
(ii) include any
period during which a Trainee repeats in whole or part a year of schooling
beyond Year 10; and
(iii) not include
any period during a calendar year in which a year of schooling is completed;
(iv) have effect on
an anniversary date being January 1 in each year;
(d) At the
conclusion of the traineeship, this Appendix ceases to apply to the employment
of the trainee, and the relevant award shall apply to the former trainee.
9. Part-Time
Traineeships
This clause shall apply to trainees who undertake a
traineeship on a part time basis by working less than full time ordinary hours
and by undertaking the approved training at the same or lesser training time
than a full-time trainee.
(a) The wage
rate shall be pro rata the full time rates based on variation in the amount of
training and or the amount of work over the period of the traineeship which may
also be varied on the basis of the following formula.
Full-time wage rate
|
x
|
Trainees hours
|
-
|
Average weekly training time
|
|
|
|
|
30.4*
|
*Note: 30.4 in the
above formula represents 38 ordinary full time hours less the average training
time for full time trainees (ie 20%). A pro rata adjustment will need to be
made in the case where the relevant award specifies different ordinary full
time hours: for example where the ordinary weekly hours are 40, 30.4 will be replaced
by 32.
(b) "Full-time
wage rate" means the appropriate rate as set out Table 1-Industry/Skill
Level B and Table 2- School Based Traineeships of part B, Monetary Rates.
(c) "Trainees
hours" shall be the hours worked per week including the time spent in
approved vocational training. For the purposes of this definition the time
spent in approved vocational training may be taken as an average for that
particular year of the traineeship.
(d) "Average
weekly training time" is based upon the length of the traineeship
specified in the traineeship agreement or training agreement as follows:
7.6 x
12
|
length of
traineeship in months
|
Note 1: 7.6 in
the above formula represents the average weekly training time for a full-time
trainee whose ordinary hours are 38 hours per week. A pro rata adjustment will need to be made in the case where the
relevant award specifies different ordinary time hours. For example, where the ordinary hours are
40, 7.6 will be replaced by 8.
Note 2: The
parties note that the traineeship agreement will require a trainee to be
employed for sufficient hours to complete all requirements of the traineeship,
including the on the job work experience and demonstration of competencies. The parties also note that
this would normally result in the equivalent of a full day’s on the job work
per week.
(e) A part-time
trainee shall receive, on a pro rata basis, all employment conditions
applicable to a full-time trainee. All
the provisions of this appendix shall apply to
part time trainees except as specified in this clause.
(f) A part time
trainee may, by agreement, transfer from a part time to a full time traineeship
position should one become available.
(g) The minimum
daily engagement periods applying to part-time employees specified in the
relevant award or other industrial instrument(s) shall also be applicable to
part time trainees.
Where there is no provision for a minimum daily engagement
period in the relevant award or other industrial instrument(s), applying to
part time employees, then the minimum start per occasion shall be 3 continuous
hours, except in cases where it is agreed that there shall be a start of 2
continuous hours, on 2 or more days per week. Provided that:
(i) a 2 hour
start is sought by the employee to accommodate the employee’s personal
circumstances, or
(ii) the place of
work is within a distance of 5 km from the employee’s place of residence.
(h) School-based
trainees shall not be required to attend work during the interval starting four
weeks prior to the commencement of the final year Higher School Certificate
Examination period and ending upon the completion of the individual’s last HSC
examination paper.
(i) For the
purposes of this appendix, a school-based trainee shall become an ordinary
trainee as at January 1 of the year following the year in which they ceased to
be a school student.
Example of the Calculation for the Wage Rate for a Part-Time
Traineeship
A school student commences a traineeship in Year 11. The ordinary hours of work in the relevant
award are 38. The training agreement
specifies two years (24 months) as the length of the traineeship.
"Average weekly training time" is therefore 7.6 x
12/24 - 3.8 hours.
"Trainee hours" totals 15 hours; these are made up
of 11 hours work which is worked over two days of the week plus 1 - ½ hour on
the job training plus 2 - ½ hours off the job approved training at school and
at TAFE.
So the wage rate in Year 11 is:
$187 x 15 - 3.8 = $68.89 plus any applicable penalty
rates under the relevant award.
30.4
The wage rate varies when the student completes Year 11 and
passes the anniversary date of 1 January the following year to begin Year 12
and/or if "trainee hours" changes.
10. Grievance
Procedures
(a) Procedures
relating to grievances of individual trainees:
(i) A trainee
shall notify the employer as to the substance of any grievance and request a
meeting with the employer for bilateral discussions in order to settle the
grievance.
(ii) If no remedy
to the trainee’s grievance is found, then the trainee shall seek further
discussion and attempt to resolve the grievance at a higher level of authority
where appropriate.
(iii) Reasonable
time limits must be allowed for discussion at each level of authority.
(iv) At the
conclusion of the discussion, the employer must provide a response to the
trainee’s grievance, if the matter has not been resolved, including reasons for
not implementing any proposed remedy.
At this stage an employer or a trainee may involve an industrial
organisation of employers or employees of which he/she is a member.
(v) If no
resolution of the trainees grievance can be found, then the matter may be
referred to the Industrial Relations Commission of New South Wales by either
the trainee or the employer or the industrial organisation representing either
party.
(vi) Whilst this
grievance procedure is being followed, normal work shall continue.
(b) Procedures
relating to disputes, etc. between employers and their trainees:
(i) A question,
dispute or difficulty must initially be dealt with at the workplace level where
the problem has arisen. If the problem
cannot be solved at this level, the matter shall be referred to a higher level
of authority.
(ii) If no
resolution can be found to the question, dispute or difficulty, the matter may
be referred to the Industrial Relations Commission of New South Wales by any
party to the dispute or the industrial organisation representing any of the
parties to the dispute.
(iii) Reasonable
time limits must be allowed for discussion at each level of authority.
(iv) While a
procedure is being followed, normal work must continue.
(v) The employer
may be represented by an industrial organisation of employers and the trainees
may be represented by an industrial organisation of employees for the purposes
of each procedure.
11. Area, Incidence
and Duration
This Appendix shall apply to all classes of trainees who
would ordinarily be covered by the
following award: Sawmillers,
&c. (State) Award.
excluding the County of Yancowinna.
PART B
MONETARY RATES
Table 1 ¾ Industry/Skill Level B:
Where the accredited training course and work performed are
for the purpose of generating skills which have been defined for work at
industry/skill level B.
|
Highest Year of
Schooling Completed
|
School Leaver
$
|
Year 10
$
|
Year 11
$
|
Year 12
$
|
|
147.00 (50%)*
171.00 (33%)
|
182.00 (33%)
205.00 (25%)
|
239.00
|
plus 1 year out of school
|
205.00
|
239.00
|
275.00
|
plus 2 years
|
239.00
|
275.00
|
323.00
|
plus 3 years
|
275.00
|
323.00
|
368.00
|
plus 4 years
|
323.00
|
368.00
|
|
plus 5 years or more
|
368.00
|
|
|
*Figures in brackets indicate the average proportion of time
spent in approved training to which the associated wage rate in
applicable. Where not specifically
indicated, the average proportion of time spent in structured training which
has been taken into account in setting the rate is 20 per cent.
Table 2 ¾ School Based Traineeships
|
Year 11
$
|
Year 12
$
|
School based traineeships skill levels A, B and C
|
187*
|
205*
|
*Assumes that the average proportion of time spent in
structured training is 20 per cent.
PART C
INDUSTRY/SKILL
LEVELS
Industry/Skill Level B
Forest Harvesting
Furniture Production
Sawmilling and Processing
Timber Merchandising
Upholstery
Soft Furnishings
I. W. CAMBRIDGE,
Commissioner.
Sawmillers, & C. (State) Industrial Committee
Industries and
Callings
Woodmachinists, wood turners, and other employees in
sawmills and timber yards, employees of timber merchants and their agents on
wharves or barges, or engaged in loading or unloading timber in railway trucks,
wood machinists and other employees (except wood turners) in the sawmill
departments of furniture factories doing the like work with employees in
sawmills and timber yards, wood machinists, wood turners and other employees
doing the like work with employees in sawmills and timber yards, in coopers,
joiners and builders’ workshops, and in wire mattress making and shipbuilding
and repairing establishments, timber-getters and box and case makers,
wood-working machinists and sawyers and labourers carrying and stacking timber
in the manufacture and repair or sporting goods, in the State excluding the
County of Yancowinna:
excepting employees of -
State Rail Authority of New South Wales;
The Commissioner for Motor Transport;
The Council of the City of Sydney;
The Sydney County Council;
The Electricity Commission of New South Wales;
The Broken Hill Proprietary Company Limited;
Australian Wire Industries Pty Ltd at its Newcastle
Wiremill;
The Australian Gas Light Company;
The North Shore Gas Company Limited;
The Council of the City of Newcastle;
South Maitland Railways Pty Limited;
The Electrolytic Refining and Smelting Company of
Australian Limited;
Metal Manufacturers Proprietary Limited;
Australian Fertilisers Proprietary Limited;
Austral Standard Cables Proprietary Limited at Port
Kembla;
Australian Iron and Steel Proprietary Limited, within the
jurisdiction of the Iron and Steel Works Employees (Australia Iron & Steel
Pty Limited) Conciliation Committee and the Quarries (Australian Iron and Steel
Pty Ltd) Conciliation Committee;
Blue Circle Southern Cement Limited;
and excepting also -
Employees in or about coalmines north of Sydney, in or about
coal mines in the South Coast district, in or about coal and shale mines west
of Sydney.
Engine-drivers and firemen, greasers, trimmers, cleaners and
pumpers, engaged in or about the driving of engines, electrical crane, winch
and motor drivers.
Carters, grooms, stablemen, yardmen, and drivers of motor
and other power-propelled vehicles.
Watchmen.
Those engaged in the coachmaking industry and wagon and
carriage making and repairing and makers, and repairers of agricultural and
pastoral implements and machinery; and
Employees within the jurisdiction of the Clerks (State)
Industrial Committee, and the Special Steels and Steel Products Manufacture
(Commonwealth Steel Company Limited) Industrial Committee, the Watchmen and
Gatekeepers (Waterfront) Industrial Committee; the County Councils (Electricity
Undertakings) Employees Industrial Committee, the John Lysaght (Australia) Pty
Ltd Newcastle Industrial Committee the John Lysaght (Australia) Pty Ltd Port
Kembla Industrial Committee; the Commonwealth Steel Company Limited. Unanderra Conciliation Committee; the Smelting
and Fertiliser Manufacturing (Sulphide Corporation Pty Limited and Greenleaf
Fertilisers Limited) Industrial - and the Cement Workers & c. (State)
Industrial Committee.
Persons coming within the jurisdiction of the Crowns
Employees (Skilled Tradesmen) Industrial Committee and University Building
Maintenance Employees (State) Industrial Committee.
________________________
Printed by the authority of the Industrial Registrar.